3. Opammavaggo3. 譬喻品
3. Opammavaggo3. 譬喻品
1. Kakacūpamasuttaṃ1. 锯喻经
§222
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ ativelaṃ saṃsaṭṭho viharati. Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharati – sace koci bhikkhu āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa sammukhā tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karoti. Sace pana koci bhikkhu tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ sammukhā āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tena tā bhikkhuniyo kupitā anattamanā adhikaraṇampi karonti. Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharati. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ ativelaṃ saṃsaṭṭho viharati. Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho, bhante, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharati – sace koci bhikkhu āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa sammukhā tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karoti. Sace pana koci bhikkhu tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ sammukhā āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tena tā bhikkhuniyo kupitā anattamanā adhikaraṇampi karonti. Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho, bhante, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharatī’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,具寿摩利亚帕古那与诸比库尼过度地交往而住。具寿摩利亚帕古那如此与诸比库尼交往而住——若有任何比库当着具寿摩利亚帕古那的面说那些比库尼的过失,具寿摩利亚帕古那便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。若有任何比库当着那些比库尼的面说具寿摩利亚帕古那的过失,那些比库尼便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。具寿摩利亚帕古那如此与诸比库尼交往而住。于是,某位比库前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那位比库对世尊如此说:「尊者,具寿摩利亚帕古那与诸比库尼过度地交往而住。尊者,具寿摩利亚帕古那如此与诸比库尼交往而住——若有任何比库当着具寿摩利亚帕古那的面说那些比库尼的过失,具寿摩利亚帕古那便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。若有任何比库当着那些比库尼的面说具寿摩利亚帕古那的过失,那些比库尼便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。尊者,具寿摩利亚帕古那如此与诸比库尼交往而住。」
§223
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ , bhikkhu, mama vacanena moḷiyaphaggunaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso phagguna, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ moḷiyaphaggunaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso phagguna, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ moḷiyaphaggunaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
于是,世尊呼唤某位比库:「来,比库,你以我的名义呼唤比库摩利亚帕古那:『朋友帕古那,导师呼唤你。』」「是的,尊者。」那位比库应诺世尊后,前往具寿摩利亚帕古那处;抵达后,对具寿摩利亚帕古那如此说:「朋友帕古那,导师呼唤你。」「是的,朋友。」具寿摩利亚帕古那应诺那位比库后,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的具寿摩利亚帕古那如此说——
‘‘Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, phagguna, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ ativelaṃ saṃsaṭṭho viharasi? Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho kira tvaṃ, phagguna, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharasi – sace koci bhikkhu tuyhaṃ sammukhā tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tena tvaṃ kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karosi. Sace pana koci bhikkhu tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ sammukhā tuyhaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, tena tā bhikkhuniyo kupitā anattamanā adhikaraṇampi karonti. Evaṃ saṃsaṭṭho kira tvaṃ, phagguna, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ viharasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Nanu tvaṃ, phagguna, kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
「帕古那,听说你与诸比库尼过度地交往而住,是真的吗?帕古那,听说你如此与诸比库尼交往而住——若有任何比库当着你的面说那些比库尼的过失,你便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。若有任何比库当着那些比库尼的面说你的过失,那些比库尼便生气、不悦,甚至制造诤论。帕古那,听说你如此与诸比库尼交往而住,是真的吗?」「是的,尊者。」「帕古那,你不是以信从家出家成为非家的善男子吗?」「是的,尊者。」
§224
‘‘Na kho te etaṃ, phagguna, patirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa, yaṃ tvaṃ bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ ativelaṃ saṃsaṭṭho vihareyyāsi. Tasmātiha, phagguna, tava cepi koci sammukhā tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya, tatrāpi tvaṃ, phagguna, ye gehasitā chandā ye gehasitā vitakkā te pajaheyyāsi. Tatrāpi te, phagguna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘na ceva me cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāmi, hitānukampī ca viharissāmi mettacitto, na dosantaro’ti. Evañhi te, phagguna, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「帕古那,对于以信从家出家成为非家的善男子,你与诸比库尼过度地交往而住,这是不适当的。因此,帕古那,若有人当着你的面说那些比库尼的过失,在那里,帕古那,你应当舍断那些居家的欲、那些居家的寻。在那里,帕古那,你应当如此学:『我的心将不变异,我将不发出恶语,我将以利益之悲悯而住,以慈心,内无嗔恨。』帕古那,你应当如此学。
‘‘Tasmātiha, phagguna, tava cepi koci sammukhā tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pāṇinā pahāraṃ dadeyya, leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dadeyya, daṇḍena pahāraṃ dadeyya, satthena pahāraṃ dadeyya. Tatrāpi tvaṃ, phagguna, ye gehasitā chandā ye gehasitā vitakkā te pajaheyyāsi. Tatrāpi te, phagguna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘na ceva me cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāmi, hitānukampī ca viharissāmi mettacitto, na dosantaro’ti. Evañhi te, phagguna, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「因此,帕古那,若有人当着你的面以手打那些比库尼,以土块打,以棍打,以刀打,在那里,帕古那,你应当舍断那些居家的欲、那些居家的寻。在那里,帕古那,你应当如此学:『我的心将不变异,我将不发出恶语,我将以利益之悲悯而住,以慈心,内无嗔恨。』帕古那,你应当如此学。
‘‘Tasmātiha, phagguna, tava cepi koci sammukhā avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya, tatrāpi tvaṃ, phagguna , ye gehasitā chandā ye gehasitā vitakkā te pajaheyyāsi. Tatrāpi te, phagguna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘na ceva me cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāmi, hitānukampī ca viharissāmi mettacitto, na dosantaro’ti. Evañhi te, phagguna, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「因此,帕古那,若有人当着你的面说你的过失,在那里,帕古那,你应当舍断那些居家的欲、那些居家的寻。在那里,帕古那,你应当如此学:『我的心将不变异,我将不发出恶语,我将以利益之悲悯而住,以慈心,内无嗔恨。』帕古那,你应当如此学。
‘‘Tasmātiha, phagguna, tava cepi koci pāṇinā pahāraṃ dadeyya, leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dadeyya, daṇḍena pahāraṃ dadeyya, satthena pahāraṃ dadeyya, tatrāpi tvaṃ, phagguna, ye gehasitā chandā ye gehasitā vitakkā te pajaheyyāsi. Tatrāpi te, phagguna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘na ceva me cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāmi, hitānukampī ca viharissāmi mettacitto, na dosantaro’ti. Evañhi te, phagguna, sikkhitabba’’nti.
「因此,帕古那,若有人以手打你,以土块打,以棍打,以刀打,在那里,帕古那,你应当舍断那些居家的欲、那些居家的寻。在那里,帕古那,你应当如此学:『我的心将不变异,我将不发出恶语,我将以利益之悲悯而住,以慈心,内无嗔恨。』帕古那,你应当如此学。」
§225
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ārādhayiṃsu vata me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ekaṃ samayaṃ cittaṃ. Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āmantesiṃ – ahaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñjāmi. Ekāsanabhojanaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuñjamāno appābādhatañca sañjānāmi appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca. Etha tumhepi, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñjatha. Ekāsanabhojanaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tumhepi bhuñjamānā appābādhatañca sañjānissatha appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañcāti. Na me, bhikkhave, tesu bhikkhūsu anusāsanī karaṇīyā ahosi; satuppādakaraṇīyameva me, bhikkhave, tesu bhikkhūsu ahosi.
于是,世尊呼唤诸比库:「诸比库,一时,诸比库确实令我心满意。诸比库,在此,我呼唤诸比库:『诸比库,我食一座食。诸比库,我食一座食,我了知少病、少恼、轻快、有力、安乐住。诸比库,你们也来食一座食。诸比库,你们也食一座食,你们将了知少病、少恼、轻快、有力、安乐住。』诸比库,对于那些比库,我不需要作教诫;诸比库,对于那些比库,我只需要作念的生起。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. Tamenaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā, vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṃ gahetvā, yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, na me tesu bhikkhūsu anusāsanī karaṇīyā ahosi, satuppādakaraṇīyameva me, bhikkhave, tesu bhikkhūsu ahosi. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tumhepi akusalaṃ pajahatha, kusalesu dhammesu āyogaṃ karotha. Evañhi tumhepi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatha.
「诸比库,譬如在平坦的大道四衢,良马系着车辆站立,鞭子放在一旁。熟练的驯马师、善巧的御者登上之后,以左手握住缰绳,以右手拿起鞭子,随其所欲之处、随其所欲而驱驰或退回。诸比库,同样地,对于那些比库,我不需要作教诫,诸比库,对于那些比库,我只需要作念的生起。诸比库,因此,在此,你们也应舍断不善,在诸善法上努力。如此,你们也将在此法与律中获得增长、增广、圆满。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahantaṃ sālavanaṃ. Tañcassa eḷaṇḍehi sañchannaṃ. Tassa kocideva puriso uppajjeyya atthakāmo hitakāmo yogakkhemakāmo. So yā tā sālalaṭṭhiyo kuṭilā ojāpaharaṇiyo tā chetvā bahiddhā nīhareyya, antovanaṃ suvisodhitaṃ visodheyya. Yā pana tā sālalaṭṭhiyo ujukā sujātā tā sammā parihareyya. Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, sālavanaṃ aparena samayena vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, tumhepi akusalaṃ pajahatha, kusalesu dhammesu āyogaṃ karotha. Evañhi tumhepi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatha.
「诸比库,譬如在村或镇不远处有大娑罗林。它被蔓草覆盖。有某人出现,希求利益、希求福祉、希求安稳。他砍掉那些弯曲的、夺取精华的娑罗树枝,搬到外面,善储食净屋清理林内。而那些笔直的、善生的娑罗树枝,他善加护持。诸比库,如此,那娑罗林在后时将获得增长、增广、圆满。诸比库,同样地,你们也应舍断不善,在诸善法上努力。如此,你们也将在此法与律中获得增长、增广、圆满。」
§226
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā vedehikā nāma gahapatānī ahosi. Vedehikāya, bhikkhave, gahapatāniyā evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘soratā vedehikā gahapatānī, nivātā vedehikā gahapatānī, upasantā vedehikā gahapatānī’ti. Vedehikāya kho pana, bhikkhave, gahapatāniyā kāḷī nāma dāsī ahosi dakkhā analasā susaṃvihitakammantā.
「诸比库,过去世,就在此沙瓦提城,有名叫韦德希咖的女居士。诸比库,韦德希咖女居士有如此美好的名声传出——『韦德希咖女居士温和,韦德希咖女居士柔顺,韦德希咖女居士寂静』。诸比库,韦德希咖女居士有名叫咖离的女奴,她能干、不懒惰、工作安排得很好。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷiyā dāsiyā etadahosi – ‘mayhaṃ kho ayyāya evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘‘soratā vedehikā gahapatānī, nivātā vedehikā gahapatānī, upasantā vedehikā gahapatānī’’ti. Kiṃ nu kho me ayyā santaṃyeva nu kho ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti udāhu asantaṃ udāhu mayhamevete kammantā susaṃvihitā yena me ayyā santaṃyeva ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti, no asantaṃ? Yaṃnūnāhaṃ ayyaṃ vīmaṃseyya’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷī dāsī divā uṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vedehikā gahapatānī kāḷiṃ dāsiṃ etadavoca – ‘he je kāḷī’ti. ‘Kiṃ, ayye’ti? ‘Kiṃ, je, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti? ‘Na khvayye , kiñcī’ti. ‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi , divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā bhākuṭiṃ akāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷiyā dāsiyā etadahosi – ‘santaṃyeva kho me ayyā ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti, no asantaṃ; mayhamevete kammantā susaṃvihitā, yena me ayyā santaṃyeva ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti, no asantaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhiyyosomattāya ayyaṃ vīmaṃseyya’’’nti.
「诸比库,时,咖离女奴生起此念:『我的女主人有如此美好的名声传出——「韦德希咖女居士温和,韦德希咖女居士柔顺,韦德希咖女居士寂静」。我的女主人内心确实有嗔而不显现呢?还是没有呢?还是只因我的工作安排得很好,所以我的女主人内心有嗔而不显现,并非没有呢?让我试探女主人。』诸比库,时,咖离女奴白天起床。诸比库,时,韦德希咖女居士对咖离女奴说:『喂,咖离!』『什么事,女主人?』『什么事,你白天起床?』『女主人,没什么事。』『没什么事,恶女奴,你白天起床!』愤怒、不悦,皱起眉头。诸比库,时,咖离女奴生起此念:『我的女主人内心确实有嗔而不显现,并非没有;只因我的工作安排得很好,所以我的女主人内心有嗔而不显现,并非没有。让我更进一步试探女主人。』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷī dāsī divātaraṃyeva uṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vedehikā gahapatānī kāḷiṃ dāsiṃ etadavoca – ‘he je, kāḷī’ti. ‘Kiṃ, ayye’ti? ‘Kiṃ, je, divātaraṃ uṭṭhāsī’ti? ‘Na khvayye, kiñcī’ti. ‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divātaraṃ uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā anattamanavācaṃ nicchāresi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷiyā dāsiyā etadahosi – ‘santaṃyeva kho me ayyā ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti, no asantaṃ. Mayhamevete kammantā susaṃvihitā, yena me ayyā santaṃyeva ajjhattaṃ kopaṃ na pātukaroti, no asantaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhiyyosomattāya ayyaṃ vīmaṃseyya’nti.
「诸比库,时,咖离女奴更晚才起床。诸比库,时,韦德希咖女居士对咖离女奴说:『喂,咖离!』『什么事,女主人?』『什么事,你更晚才起床?』『女主人,没什么事。』『没什么事,恶女奴,你更晚才起床!』愤怒、不悦,说出不悦之语。诸比库,时,咖离女奴生起此念:『我的女主人内心确实有嗔而不显现,并非没有。只因我的工作安排得很好,所以我的女主人内心有嗔而不显现,并非没有。让我更进一步试探女主人。』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷī dāsī divātaraṃyeva uṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vedehikā gahapatānī kāḷiṃ dāsiṃ etadavoca – ‘he je, kāḷī’ti. ‘Kiṃ, ayye’ti? ‘Kiṃ, je, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti? ‘Na khvayye, kiñcī’ti. ‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā aggaḷasūciṃ gahetvā sīse pahāraṃ adāsi, sīsaṃ vobhindi . Atha kho, bhikkhave, kāḷī dāsī bhinnena sīsena lohitena galantena paṭivissakānaṃ ujjhāpesi – ‘passathayye, soratāya kammaṃ; passathayye, nivātāya kammaṃ, passathayye, upasantāya kammaṃ! Kathañhi nāma ekadāsikāya divā uṭṭhāsīti kupitā anattamanā aggaḷasūciṃ gahetvā sīse pahāraṃ dassati, sīsaṃ vobhindissatī’ti.
「诸比库,时,咖离女奴更晚才起床。诸比库,时,韦德希咖女居士对咖离女奴说:『喂,咖离!』『什么事,女主人?』『什么事,你白天起床?』『女主人,没什么事。』『没什么事,恶女奴,你白天起床!』愤怒、不悦,拿起门闩击打头部,打破了头。诸比库,时,咖离女奴头破血流,向邻居们抱怨:『女主人们,看温和者的行为!女主人们,看柔顺者的行为!女主人们,看寂静者的行为!怎么会因一个女奴白天起床而愤怒、不悦,拿起门闩击打头部,打破头呢?』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vedehikāya gahapatāniyā aparena samayena evaṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchi – ‘caṇḍī vedehikā gahapatānī, anivātā vedehikā gahapatānī, anupasantā vedehikā gahapatānī’ti.
「诸比库,时,韦德希咖女居士在后时有如此恶劣的名声传出——『韦德希咖女居士粗暴,韦德希咖女居士不柔顺,韦德希咖女居士不寂静』。」
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu tāvadeva soratasorato hoti nivātanivāto hoti upasantūpasanto hoti yāva na amanāpā vacanapathā phusanti. Yato ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ amanāpā vacanapathā phusanti, atha bhikkhu ‘sorato’ti veditabbo, ‘nivāto’ti veditabbo, ‘upasanto’ti veditabbo. Nāhaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi yo cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu suvaco hoti, sovacassataṃ āpajjati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tañhi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ alabhamāno na suvaco hoti, na sovacassataṃ āpajjati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṃyeva sakkaronto, dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto, dhammaṃ mānento, dhammaṃ pūjento, dhammaṃ apacāyamāno suvaco hoti, sovacassataṃ āpajjati, tamahaṃ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘dhammaṃyeva sakkarontā, dhammaṃ garuṃ karontā, dhammaṃ mānentā, dhammaṃ pūjentā, dhammaṃ apacāyamānā suvacā bhavissāma, sovacassataṃ āpajjissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库,同样地,在此,某位比库只要不可意的言语之道未触及,就显得温和、显得柔顺、显得寂静。诸比库,当不可意的言语之道触及比库时,那时比库应被了知为『温和』,应被了知为『柔顺』,应被了知为『寂静』。诸比库,我不说那位比库『易受教』,他因衣、食、卧坐处、病者所需之医药资具而易受教,达到易受教性。那是什么原因?诸比库,因为那位比库得不到衣、食、卧坐处、病者所需之医药资具时,就不易受教,不达到易受教性。诸比库,凡比库恭敬法、尊重法、尊敬法、礼敬法、崇敬法而易受教,达到易受教性,我说他『易受教』。诸比库,因此,在此,『我们将恭敬法、尊重法、尊敬法、礼敬法、崇敬法而易受教,将达到易受教性』,诸比库,你们应如此学。」
§227
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, vacanapathā yehi vo pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ – kālena vā akālena vā; bhūtena vā abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā anatthasaṃhitena vā; mettacittā vā dosantarā vā. Kālena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ akālena vā; bhūtena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ anatthasaṃhitena vā ; mettacittā vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ dosantarā vā. Tatrāpi vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca viharissāma mettacittā, na dosantarā. Tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cittena vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!有这五种说话方式,他人对你们说话时可能会说:适时或非时;真实或不真实;柔软或粗恶;有益或无益;以慈心或以嗔恨心。诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会适时说或非时说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会真实说或不真实说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会柔软说或粗恶说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会有益说或无益说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会以慈心说或以嗔恨心说。诸比库!在那里,你们应当这样学:『我们的心将不变异,我们将不发出恶语,我们将以利益怜悯而住,以慈心而非嗔恨心。我们将以慈俱行之心遍满那个人而住,并且以那个为所缘,以慈俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§228
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ apathaviṃ karissāmī’ti . So tatra tatra vikhaṇeyya , tatra tatra vikireyya, tatra tatra oṭṭhubheyya, tatra tatra omutteyya – ‘apathavī bhavasi, apathavī bhavasī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ apathaviṃ kareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Ayañhi, bhante, mahāpathavī gambhīrā appameyyā. Sā na sukarā apathavī kātuṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcime vacanapathā yehi vo pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ – kālena vā akālena vā; bhūtena vā abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā anatthasaṃhitena vā; mettacittā vā dosantarā vā. Kālena vā , bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ akālena vā; bhūtena vā bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ anatthasaṃhitena vā; mettacittā vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ dosantarā vā. Tatrāpi vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. Tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ pathavisamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有人拿着锄头和篮子前来,他这样说:『我将使这大地成为非地。』他在这里那里挖掘,在这里那里撒散,在这里那里吐唾沫,在这里那里撒尿:『你成为非地,你成为非地。』诸比库!你们认为如何?那个人能使这大地成为非地吗?」「不能,世尊!」「那是什么原因?」「世尊!这大地深厚、不可测量,不容易使它成为非地;那个人只会成为疲劳与困扰的承受者。」「诸比库!同样地,有这五种说话方式,他人对你们说话时可能会说:适时或非时;真实或不真实;柔软或粗恶;有益或无益;以慈心或以嗔恨心。诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会适时说或非时说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会真实说或不真实说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会柔软说或粗恶说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会有益说或无益说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会以慈心说或以嗔恨心说。诸比库!在那里,你们应当这样学:『我们的心将不变异,我们将不发出恶语,我们将以利益怜悯而住,以慈心而非嗔恨心。我们将以慈俱行之心遍满那个人而住,并且以那个为所缘,以如地之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§229
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya lākhaṃ vā haliddiṃ vā nīlaṃ vā mañjiṭṭhaṃ vā ādāya. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imasmiṃ ākāse rūpaṃ likhissāmi, rūpapātubhāvaṃ karissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso imasmiṃ ākāse rūpaṃ likheyya, rūpapātubhāvaṃ kareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Ayañhi, bhante, ākāso arūpī anidassano. Tattha na sukaraṃ rūpaṃ likhituṃ, rūpapātubhāvaṃ kātuṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcime vacanapathā yehi vo pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ kālena vā akālena vā …pe… ‘na ceva… tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ ākāsasamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有人拿着紫胶或姜黄或靛青或茜草前来,他这样说:『我将在这虚空中画图,我将使色显现。』诸比库!你们认为如何?那个人能在这虚空中画图、使色显现吗?」「不能,世尊!」「那是什么原因?」「世尊!这虚空是无色、不可见的,在那里不容易画图、使色显现;那个人只会成为疲劳与困扰的承受者。」「诸比库!同样地,有这五种说话方式,他人对你们说话时可能会说:适时或非时……(中略)……『我们的心将不变异……并且以那个为所缘,以如虚空之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§230
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ ādāya. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imāya ādittāya tiṇukkāya gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ santāpessāmi saṃparitāpessāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ santāpeyya saṃparitāpeyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Gaṅgā hi, bhante, nadī gambhīrā appameyyā. Sā na sukarā ādittāya tiṇukkāya santāpetuṃ saṃparitāpetuṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcime vacanapathā yehi vo pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ kālena vā akālena vā…pe… ‘na ceva… tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ gaṅgāsamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有人拿着燃烧的草炬前来,他这样说:『我将以这燃烧的草炬加热恒河、使它沸腾。』诸比库!你们认为如何?那个人能以燃烧的草炬加热恒河、使它沸腾吗?」「不能,世尊!」「那是什么原因?」「世尊!恒河深厚、不可测量,不容易以燃烧的草炬加热它、使它沸腾;那个人只会成为疲劳与困扰的承受者。」「诸比库!同样地,有这五种说话方式,他人对你们说话时可能会说:适时或非时……(中略)……『我们的心将不变异……并且以那个为所缘,以如恒河之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§231
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, biḷārabhastā madditā sumadditā suparimadditā, mudukā tūlinī chinnasassarā chinnabhabbharā. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kaṭṭhaṃ vā kathalaṃ vā ādāya. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahaṃ imaṃ biḷārabhastaṃ madditaṃ sumadditaṃ suparimadditaṃ, mudukaṃ tūliniṃ, chinnasassaraṃ chinnabhabbharaṃ kaṭṭhena vā kathalena vā sarasaraṃ karissāmi bharabharaṃ karissāmī’ti . Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso amuṃ biḷārabhastaṃ madditaṃ sumadditaṃ suparimadditaṃ, mudukaṃ tūliniṃ, chinnasassaraṃ chinnabhabbharaṃ kaṭṭhena vā kathalena vā sarasaraṃ kareyya, bharabharaṃ kareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Amu hi, bhante, biḷārabhastā madditā sumadditā suparimadditā, mudukā tūlinī, chinnasassarā chinnabhabbharā. Sā na sukarā kaṭṭhena vā kathalena vā sarasaraṃ kātuṃ bharabharaṃ kātuṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcime vacanapathā yehi vo pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ kālena vā akālena vā; bhūtena vā abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā anatthasaṃhitena vā; mettacittā vā dosantarā vā. Kālena vā bhikkhave pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ akālena vā; bhūtena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ abhūtena vā; saṇhena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ pharusena vā; atthasaṃhitena vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ anatthasaṃhitena vā; mettacittā vā, bhikkhave, pare vadamānā vadeyyuṃ dosantarā vā. Tatrāpi vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma hitānukampī ca viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. Tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ biḷārabhastāsamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如猫皮袋被捶打、善捶打、极善捶打,柔软如棉,断绝了嘶嘶声、断绝了噼啪声。然后有人拿着木棒或石块前来,他这样说:『我将使这被捶打、善捶打、极善捶打,柔软如棉,断绝了嘶嘶声、断绝了噼啪声的猫皮袋,以木棒或石块发出嘶嘶声、发出噼啪声。』诸比库!你们认为如何?那个人能使那被捶打、善捶打、极善捶打,柔软如棉,断绝了嘶嘶声、断绝了噼啪声的猫皮袋,以木棒或石块发出嘶嘶声、发出噼啪声吗?」「不能,世尊!」「那是什么原因?」「世尊!那猫皮袋被捶打、善捶打、极善捶打,柔软如棉,断绝了嘶嘶声、断绝了噼啪声,不容易以木棒或石块使它发出嘶嘶声、发出噼啪声;那个人只会成为疲劳与困扰的承受者。」「诸比库!同样地,有这五种说话方式,他人对你们说话时可能会说:适时或非时;真实或不真实;柔软或粗恶;有益或无益;以慈心或以嗔恨心。诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会适时说或非时说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会真实说或不真实说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会柔软说或粗恶说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会有益说或无益说;诸比库!他人对你们说话时可能会以慈心说或以嗔恨心说。诸比库!在那里,你们应当这样学:『我们的心将不变异,我们将不发出恶语,我们将以利益怜悯而住,以慈心而非嗔恨心。我们将以慈俱行之心遍满那个人而住,并且以那个为所缘,以如猫皮袋之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§232
‘‘Ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro. Tatrāpi vo, bhikkhave , evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. Tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库!即使盗贼强盗以两柄的锯子锯断肢体,在那里,若有人污染心,他就不是我的教诫的实行者。诸比库!在那里,你们应当这样学:『我们的心将不变异,我们将不发出恶语,我们将以利益怜悯而住,以慈心而非嗔恨心。我们将以慈俱行之心遍满那个人而住,并且以那个为所缘,以慈俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害地遍满一切世间而住。』诸比库!你们应当这样学。」
§233
‘‘Imañca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacūpamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi kareyyātha. Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ vacanapathaṃ, aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā, yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, imaṃ kakacūpamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasikarotha. Taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
「诸比库!你们应当常常作意这锯子譬喻的教诫。诸比库!你们看到有任何说话方式,无论微小或粗大,是你们不能忍受的吗?」「不,世尊!」「诸比库!因此,你们应当常常作意这锯子譬喻的教诫,那将长久地带给你们利益与安乐。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说了这些。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Kakacūpamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 锯喻经完 第一
2. Alagaddūpamasuttaṃ2. 蛇喻经
§234
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ariṭṭhassa nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū – ‘‘ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,名叫阿利德的比库,前秃鹫者,生起了如此的恶见:「我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」众多比库听说:「据说名叫阿利德的比库,前秃鹫者,生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』」于是那些比库前往阿利德比库,前秃鹫者之处;抵达后,对阿利德比库,前秃鹫者如此说:「贤友阿利德,据说你生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』,这是真的吗?」「贤友们,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」
Atha kho tepi bhikkhū ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti – ‘‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ , na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā,ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’ti. Evampi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.
于是那些比库想要使阿利德比库,前秃鹫者脱离这恶见,反复追问、反复询问、反复诘责:「贤友阿利德,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊;诽谤世尊确实不善,世尊确实不会这样说。贤友阿利德,世尊以种种方式说障碍法是障碍,实行它们足以成为障碍。世尊说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。世尊说诸欲如骨锁……世尊说诸欲如肉片……世尊说诸欲如草炬……世尊说诸欲如炭火坑……世尊说诸欲如梦……世尊说诸欲如借用物……世尊说诸欲如树果……世尊说诸欲如屠刀与砧板……世尊说诸欲如矛与桩……世尊说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。」即使那些比库如此反复追问、反复询问、反复诘责阿利德比库,前秃鹫者,他仍然顽固地坚持、执取那恶见而说:「贤友们,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。」
§235
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ariṭṭhassa nāma, bhante, bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. Assumha kho mayaṃ, bhante – ‘ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavocumha – ‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti?
当那些比库无法使阿利德比库,前秃鹫者脱离这恶见时,于是那些比库前往世尊之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那些比库对世尊如此说:「大德,名叫阿利德的比库,前秃鹫者,生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』大德,我们听说:『据说名叫阿利德的比库,前秃鹫者,生起了如此的恶见:我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』大德,于是我们前往阿利德比库,前秃鹫者之处;抵达后,对阿利德比库,前秃鹫者如此说:『贤友阿利德,据说你生起了如此的恶见:我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍,这是真的吗?』
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhante, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo amhe etadavoca – ‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjimha samanugāhimha samanubhāsimha – ‘mā hevaṃ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ , na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti. Evampi kho, bhante, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo amhehi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. Yato kho mayaṃ, bhante, nāsakkhimha ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha mayaṃ etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocemā’’ti.
「大德,如此说时,阿利德比库,前秃鹫者对我们如此说:『贤友们,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』大德,于是我们想要使阿利德比库,前秃鹫者脱离这恶见,反复追问、反复询问、反复诘责:『贤友阿利德,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊;诽谤世尊确实不善,世尊确实不会这样说。贤友阿利德,世尊以种种方式说障碍法是障碍,实行它们足以成为障碍。世尊说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。世尊说诸欲如骨锁……世尊说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。』大德,即使我们如此反复追问、反复询问、反复诘责阿利德比库,前秃鹫者,他仍然顽固地坚持、执取那恶见而说:『贤友们,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』大德,当我们无法使阿利德比库,前秃鹫者脱离这恶见时,我们将此事禀告世尊。」
§236
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ariṭṭha, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā, yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ariṭṭha, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti?
于是世尊呼唤某位比库:「来,比库,你以我的名义呼唤阿利德比库,前秃鹫者:『贤友阿利德,导师呼唤你。』」「是的,大德。」那位比库应诺世尊后,前往阿利德比库,前秃鹫者之处;抵达后,对阿利德比库,前秃鹫者如此说:「贤友阿利德,导师呼唤你。」「是的,贤友。」阿利德比库,前秃鹫者应诺那位比库后,前往世尊之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的阿利德比库,前秃鹫者如此说:「阿利德,据说你生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍』,这是真的吗?」
‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Kassa kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā? Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khanasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.
「大德,我确实如此了知世尊所说之法:『世尊所说的这些障碍法,实行它们不足以成为障碍。』」「愚痴人,你从何处了知我如此说法?愚痴人,我岂非以种种方式说障碍法是障碍?实行它们足以成为障碍。我说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。我说诸欲如骨锁……我说诸欲如肉片……我说诸欲如草炬……我说诸欲如炭火坑……我说诸欲如梦……我说诸欲如借用物……我说诸欲如树果……我说诸欲如屠刀与砧板……我说诸欲如矛与桩……我说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。然而,愚痴人,你以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,毁坏自己,造作许多非福。愚痴人,这将长久导致你的无益与痛苦。」
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nāyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo usmīkatopi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi siyā, bhante; no hetaṃ, bhante’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi. Atha kho bhagavā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paññāyissasi kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, etena sakena pāpakena diṭṭhigatena. Idhāhaṃ bhikkhū paṭipucchissāmī’’ti.
于是世尊呼唤诸比库:「比库们,你们认为如何?这位阿利德比库,前秃鹫者,在此法与律中是否点燃了些微暖相?」「大德,怎么可能?大德,确实没有。」如此说时,阿利德比库,前秃鹫者沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言以对地坐着。于是世尊知道阿利德比库,前秃鹫者沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言以对后,对阿利德比库,前秃鹫者如此说:「愚痴人,你将以自己的这恶见而被认出。现在我将询问诸比库。」
§237
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tumhepi me, bhikkhave , evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha yathāyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante. Anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā; alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā , ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhave, sādhu, kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha. Anekapariyāyena hi kho, bhikkhave, antarāyikā dhammā vuttā mayā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā , bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca panāyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. Tañhi tassa moghapurisassa bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. So vata, bhikkhave, aññatreva kāmehi aññatra kāmasaññāya aññatra kāmavitakkehi kāme paṭisevissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’’.
于是世尊呼唤诸比库:「比库们,你们也如此了知我所说之法,如同这位阿利德比库,前秃鹫者以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,毁坏自己,造作许多非福吗?」「大德,不是这样。大德,世尊确实以种种方式对我们说障碍法是障碍;实行它们足以成为障碍。世尊说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。世尊说诸欲如骨锁……世尊说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。」「善哉,善哉,比库们!比库们,你们如此了知我所说之法,这很好。比库们,我确实以种种方式说障碍法,实行它们足以成为障碍。我说诸欲少味、多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。我说诸欲如骨锁……我说诸欲如蛇头,多苦、多恼,此中过患更多。然而这位阿利德比库,前秃鹫者以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,毁坏自己,造作许多非福。这将长久导致那愚痴人的无益与痛苦。比库们,离开诸欲、离开欲想、离开欲寻思而实行诸欲——这是须跋的。」
§238
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, ekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ.
「诸比库,于此,某些愚痴人学习法——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、吠陀罗。他们学习了那些法之后,不以慧审察那些法的义理。对他们来说,那些法的义理未以慧审察,不能引生深观。他们为了诘难的利益而学习法,也为了言论解脱的利益而学习法。他们不能体验为了那个目的而学习法的利益。对他们来说,那些法被错误地执取,长夜导向无益与苦。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为错误地执取了诸法。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno. So passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. Tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya . So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā bhikkhave dhammānaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人需要蛇、寻求蛇、遍求蛇而行。他看见一条大蛇。他会抓住它的身体或尾巴。那条蛇转过身来,会咬他的手、或臂、或其他某个肢体。他会因此而遭受死亡或等同死亡的痛苦。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为错误地抓住了蛇。同样地,诸比库,于此,某些愚痴人学习法——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、吠陀罗。他们学习了那些法之后,不以慧审察那些法的义理。对他们来说,那些法的义理未以慧审察,不能引生深观。他们为了诘难的利益而学习法,也为了言论解脱的利益而学习法。他们不能体验为了那个目的而学习法的利益。对他们来说,那些法被错误地执取,长夜导向无益与苦。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为错误地执取了诸法。」
§239
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacce kulaputtā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkhataṃ nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te na ceva upārambhānisaṃsā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti na itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca . Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañcassa atthaṃ anubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā bhikkhave dhammānaṃ.
「然而,诸比库,于此,某些善男子学习法——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、吠陀罗。他们学习了那些法之后,以慧审察那些法的义理。对他们来说,那些法的义理以慧审察,能引生深观。他们既不为了诘难的利益而学习法,也不为了言论解脱的利益而学习法。他们能体验为了那个目的而学习法的利益。对他们来说,那些法被正确地执取,长夜导向利益与安乐。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为正确地执取了诸法。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno. So passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya. Ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggahitvā, gīvāya suggahitaṃ gaṇheyya. Kiñcāpi so, bhikkhave , alagaddo tassa purisassa hatthaṃ vā bāhaṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ bhogehi paliveṭheyya, atha kho so neva tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce kulaputtā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkhataṃ nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te na ceva upārambhānisaṃsā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, na itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ anubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yassa me bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājāneyyātha, tathā naṃ dhāreyyātha. Yassa ca pana me bhāsitassa atthaṃ na ājāneyyātha, ahaṃ vo tattha paṭipucchitabbo, ye vā panāssu viyattā bhikkhū.
「诸比库,譬如有人需要蛇、寻求蛇、遍求蛇而行。他看见一条大蛇。他会用有叉的棍子善加制伏它。用有叉的棍子善加制伏之后,会正确地抓住它的颈部。诸比库,即使那条蛇用身体缠绕那个人的手、或臂、或其他某个肢体,他也不会因此而遭受死亡或等同死亡的痛苦。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为正确地抓住了蛇。同样地,诸比库,于此,某些善男子学习法——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、吠陀罗。他们学习了那些法之后,以慧审察那些法的义理。对他们来说,那些法的义理以慧审察,能引生深观。他们既不为了诘难的利益而学习法,也不为了言论解脱的利益而学习法。他们能体验为了那个目的而学习法的利益。对他们来说,那些法被正确地执取,长夜导向利益、福祉与安乐。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为正确地执取了诸法。因此,诸比库,你们应当了知我所说的义理,如此受持它。若你们不了知我所说的义理,应当向我询问,或向那些有经验的诸比库询问。」
§240
‘‘Kullūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇatthāya, no gahaṇatthāya. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno. So passeyya mahantaṃ udakaṇṇavaṃ, orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ; na cassa nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṃ gamanāya. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho mahāudakaṇṇavo, orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ; natthi ca nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṃ gamanāya. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyya’nti. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyya. Tassa purisassa uttiṇṇassa pāraṅgatassa evamassa – ‘bahukāro kho me ayaṃ kullo; imāhaṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttiṇṇo. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ kullaṃ sīse vā āropetvā khandhe vā uccāretvā yena kāmaṃ pakkameyya’nti. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso evaṃkārī tasmiṃ kulle kiccakārī assā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Kathaṃkārī ca so, bhikkhave, puriso tasmiṃ kulle kiccakārī assa? Idha, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa uttiṇṇassa pāraṅgatassa evamassa – ‘bahukāro kho me ayaṃ kullo; imāhaṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttiṇṇo. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ kullaṃ thale vā ussādetvā udake vā opilāpetvā yena kāmaṃ pakkameyya’nti. Evaṃkārī kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tasmiṃ kulle kiccakārī assa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, kullūpamo mayā dhammo desito nittharaṇatthāya, no gahaṇatthāya. Kullūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desitaṃ, ājānantehi dhammāpi vo pahātabbā pageva adhammā.
「诸比库,我将为你们说筏喻之法,为了渡越的目的,不是为了执取的目的。你们要听!你们要善加作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此:「诸比库,譬如有人行于旅途中。他看见一大水流,此岸有危险、有恐怖,彼岸安稳、无恐怖;但没有渡船或桥梁可从此岸到彼岸。他这样想:『这是大水流,此岸有危险、有恐怖,彼岸安稳、无恐怖;但没有渡船或桥梁可从此岸到彼岸。我何不收集草、木、枝、叶,绑成筏,依靠那筏,以手足努力,安全地渡到彼岸呢?』于是,诸比库,那个人收集草、木、枝、叶,绑成筏,依靠那筏,以手足努力,安全地渡到彼岸。那个人已渡越、已到彼岸,他这样想:『这筏对我很有用;我依靠这筏,以手足努力,安全地渡到彼岸。我何不把这筏顶在头上或扛在肩上,随意而去呢?』诸比库,你们认为如何?那个人这样做,对那筏做了应做的事吗?」「不,尊者。」「诸比库,那个人怎样做,才对那筏做了应做的事呢?诸比库,于此,那个人已渡越、已到彼岸,他这样想:『这筏对我很有用;我依靠这筏,以手足努力,安全地渡到彼岸。我何不把这筏拖上岸或让它漂浮在水中,随意而去呢?』诸比库,那个人这样做,才对那筏做了应做的事。同样地,诸比库,我为你们说筏喻之法,为了渡越的目的,不是为了执取的目的。诸比库,你们了知筏喻之法,连法都应舍弃,何况非法。」
§241
‘‘Chayimāni, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Idha, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto, rūpaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; saññaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; saṅkhāre ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ – so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo , sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmīti – tampi ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati. Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto, rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati; saññaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati; saṅkhāre ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tampi ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ – so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmīti – tampi ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati. So evaṃ samanupassanto asati na paritassatī’’ti.
「诸比库,有这六种见处。哪六种呢?诸比库,于此,未受教导的凡夫,不见诸圣者,不熟练圣法,未受圣法调御,不见诸善人,不熟练善人法,未受善人法调御,他随观色:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』他随观受:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』他随观想:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』他随观诸行:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』凡所见、所闻、所觉知、所认知、所得、所寻求、被意所随寻思的,他也随观:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』凡那个见处:『那个世间就是我,死后我将成为常、恒、永恒、不变易法,我将如此永远安住。』他也随观:『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我。』然而,诸比库,已受教导的圣弟子,见诸圣者,熟练圣法,善受圣法调御,见诸善人,熟练善人法,善受善人法调御,他随观色:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』他随观受:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』他随观想:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』他随观诸行:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』凡所见、所闻、所觉知、所认知、所得、所寻求、被意所随寻思的,他也随观:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』凡那个见处:『那个世间就是我,死后我将成为常、恒、永恒、不变易法,我将如此永远安住。』他也随观:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我。』他如此随观,对不存在的不战栗。」
§242
Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘siyā nu kho, bhante, bahiddhā asati paritassanā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, bhikkhū’’ti – bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Idha bhikkhu ekaccassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahu vata me, taṃ vata me natthi; siyā vata me, taṃ vatāhaṃ na labhāmī’ti. So socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, bahiddhā asati paritassanā hotī’’ti.
如是说已,某位比库对世尊如此说:「尊者,会有对外在不存在的战栗吗?」「会有,比库。」世尊说:「比库,于此,某人这样想:『我曾有它,现在我没有它了;我可能会有它,但我得不到它。』他忧愁、疲惫、悲泣、捶胸号哭,陷入痴迷。比库,如此,有对外在不存在的战栗。」
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, bahiddhā asati aparitassanā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, bhikkhū’’ti – bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Idha bhikkhu ekaccassa na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahu vata me, taṃ vata me natthi; siyā vata me, taṃ vatāhaṃ na labhāmī’ti. So na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, bahiddhā asati aparitassanā hotī’’ti.
「但是,尊者,会有对外在不存在的不战栗吗?」「会有,比库。」世尊说:「比库,于此,某人不这样想:『我曾有它,现在我没有它了;我可能会有它,但我得不到它。』他不忧愁、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸号哭、不陷入痴迷。比库,如此,有对外在不存在的不战栗。」
‘‘Siyā nu kho, bhante, ajjhattaṃ asati paritassanā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, bhikkhū’’ti – bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, ekaccassa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti – ‘so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmī’ti. So suṇāti tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā sabbesaṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhānābhinivesānusayānaṃ samugghātāya sabbasaṅkhārasamathāya sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggāya taṇhākkhayāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya dhammaṃ desentassa. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ucchijjissāmi nāmassu, vinassissāmi nāmassu, nassu nāma bhavissāmī’ti. So socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, ajjhattaṃ asati paritassanā hotī’’ti.
「尊者,于内无有时,会有恐惧吗?」「会有,诸比库」——世尊说。「诸比库,这里,某人有如此见:『那世间即是我,我死后将成为常、恒、永恒、不变易法,将如是永远常住。』他听闻如来或如来弟子为了根除一切见处、执持处、缠缚处、执着处、随眠,为了一切行的止息,为了一切依的舍弃,为了渴爱的灭尽,为了离贪,为了灭,为了涅槃而说法。他如此想:『我将被断灭,我将被消失,我将不存在。』他悲伤、疲惫、悲泣、捶胸号哭、陷入痴迷。诸比库,如此,于内无有时,有恐惧。」
‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ajjhattaṃ asati aparitassanā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, ekaccassa na evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti – ‘so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmī’ti. So suṇāti tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā sabbesaṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhānābhinivesānusayānaṃ samugghātāya sabbasaṅkhārasamathāya sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggāya taṇhākkhayāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya dhammaṃ desentassa. Tassa na evaṃ hoti – ‘ucchijjissāmi nāmassu, vinassissāmi nāmassu, nassu nāma bhavissāmī’ti. So na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, ajjhattaṃ asati aparitassanā hoti’’.
「然而,尊者,于内无有时,会无恐惧吗?」「会有,诸比库」——世尊说。「诸比库,这里,某人无如此见:『那世间即是我,我死后将成为常、恒、永恒、不变易法,将如是永远常住。』他听闻如来或如来弟子为了根除一切见处、执持处、缠缚处、执着处、随眠,为了一切行的止息,为了一切依的舍弃,为了渴爱的灭尽,为了离贪,为了灭,为了涅槃而说法。他不如此想:『我将被断灭,我将被消失,我将不存在。』他不悲伤、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸号哭、不陷入痴迷。诸比库,如此,于内无有时,无恐惧。」
§243
‘‘Taṃ , bhikkhave, pariggahaṃ pariggaṇheyyātha, yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva tiṭṭheyya. Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ pariggahaṃ yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva tiṭṭheyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave. Ahampi kho taṃ, bhikkhave, pariggahaṃ na samanupassāmi yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva tiṭṭheyya.
「诸比库,你们应执取那执取物,若执取那执取物,它将是常、恒、永恒、不变易法,将如是永远常住。诸比库,你们看见那执取物吗,若执取那执取物,它将是常、恒、永恒、不变易法,将如是永远常住?」「不,尊者。」「善哉,诸比库。诸比库,我也不见那执取物,若执取那执取物,它将是常、恒、永恒、不变易法,将如是永远常住。」
‘‘Taṃ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṃ upādiyetha, yaṃsa attavādupādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ attavādupādānaṃ yaṃsa attavādupādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave. Ahampi kho taṃ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṃ na samanupassāmi yaṃsa attavādupādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.
「诸比库,你们应执取那我论取,若执取那我论取,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。诸比库,你们看见那我论取吗,若执取那我论取,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼?」「不,尊者。」「善哉,诸比库。诸比库,我也不见那我论取,若执取那我论取,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。」
‘‘Taṃ, bhikkhave, diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayetha yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave. Ahampi kho taṃ, bhikkhave, diṭṭhinissayaṃ na samanupassāmi yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’’.
「诸比库,你们应依止那见依止,若依止那见依止,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。诸比库,你们看见那见依止吗,若依止那见依止,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼?」「不,尊者。」「善哉,诸比库。诸比库,我也不见那见依止,若依止那见依止,不会生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。」
§244
‘‘Attani vā, bhikkhave, sati attaniyaṃ me ti assā’’ti?
「诸比库,若有我,会有『我所属于我』吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Attaniye vā, bhikkhave, sati attā me ti assā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「诸比库,若有我所,会有『我属于我』吗?」「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Attani ca, bhikkhave, attaniye ca saccato thetato anupalabbhamāne, yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ – ‘so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassāmī’ti – nanāyaṃ , bhikkhave, kevalo paripūro bāladhammo’’’ti?
「诸比库,当自我与自我所以真实、实在而不可得时,这见处——『那世间那自我,我死后将成为常、恒、永恒、不变易法,我将如是永恒地常住』——诸比库,这岂非完全、圆满的愚者之法?」
‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante, kevalo hi, bhante, paripūro bāladhammo’’ti.
「尊者,这怎能不是呢?尊者,这确实是完全、圆满的愚者之法。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti?
「诸比库,你们认为如何:色是常还是无常?」
‘‘Aniccaṃ, bhante’’ .
「无常,尊者。」
‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti?
「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」
‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’.
「苦,尊者。」
‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti?
「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合被认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我』吗?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「不适合,尊者。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti?
「诸比库,你们认为如何,受……想……诸行……识是常还是无常?」
‘‘Aniccaṃ, bhante’’.
「无常,尊者。」
‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti?
「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」
‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’.
「苦,尊者。」
‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti?
「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「不也,尊者。」
‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ, ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā , oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā…pe… yā kāci saññā… ye keci saṅkhārā… yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ, ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ’’.
「诸比库,因此,于此,凡任何色,无论过去、未来、现在,内或外,粗或细,劣或胜,远或近,一切色应以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』。凡任何受……凡任何想……凡任何诸行……凡任何识,无论过去、未来、现在,内或外,粗或细,劣或胜,远或近,一切识应以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』。」
§245
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ nibbindati, vedanāya nibbindati, saññāya nibbindati, saṅkhāresu nibbindati, viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindati, nibbidā virajjati , virāgā vimuccati , vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṃkiṇṇaparikkho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto itipi.
「诸比库,如是见者,有闻的圣弟子于色厌离,于受厌离,于想厌离,于诸行厌离,于识厌离,厌离故离染,离染故解脱,解脱时生起『已解脱』之智。他了知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。诸比库,这称为比库已拔除门闩,已填平壕沟,已拔起柱子,已无门闩,圣者已放下旗帜、已卸下重担、已离系缚。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti, ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā, āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是已举起门闩者?诸比库,于此,比库的无明已被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。诸比库,比库如此是已举起门闩者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikkho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobbhaviko jātisaṃsāro pahīno hoti, ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato, āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikkho hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是已填平壕沟者?诸比库,于此,比库的再有的生轮回已被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。诸比库,比库如此是已填平壕沟者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti, ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā, āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是已拔除柱子者?诸比库,于此,比库的渴爱已被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。诸比库,比库如此是已拔除柱子者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañca orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti, ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṃkatāni, āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni . Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是无门闩者?诸比库,于此,比库的五下分结已被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。诸比库,比库如此是无门闩者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti, ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato , āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo . Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是圣者、已放下旗、已放下担、已离轭者?诸比库,于此,比库的我慢已被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。诸比库,比库如此是圣者、已放下旗、已放下担、已离轭者。
§246
‘‘Evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ saindā devā sabrahmakā sapajāpatikā anvesaṃ nādhigacchanti – ‘idaṃ nissitaṃ tathāgatassa viññāṇa’nti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Diṭṭhevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhamme tathāgataṃ ananuvijjoti vadāmi. Evaṃvādiṃ kho maṃ, bhikkhave, evamakkhāyiṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññāpetī’ti. Yathā cāhaṃ na, bhikkhave , yathā cāhaṃ na vadāmi, tathā maṃ te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññāpetī’ti. Pubbe cāhaṃ bhikkhave, etarahi ca dukkhañceva paññāpemi, dukkhassa ca nirodhaṃ. Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṃ akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti, tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa na hoti āghāto na appaccayo na cetaso anabhiraddhi.
「诸比库,如此心解脱的比库,有因陀罗的诸天、有梵天的、有生主的,他们寻找也不能得知——『如来的识依止于此』。那是什么原因?诸比库,我说:『在现法中如来不可被追踪。』诸比库,我如此说、如此宣说,某些沙门婆罗门以不实的、虚妄的、虚假的、不真实的诽谤我:『沙门果德玛是虚无论者,他施设有情的断灭、消失、无有。』诸比库,我不是如此,我不如此说,那些尊者沙门婆罗门以不实的、虚妄的、虚假的、不真实的诽谤我:『沙门果德玛是虚无论者,他施设有情的断灭、消失、无有。』诸比库,我以前和现在都只施设苦,以及苦的灭。诸比库,若他人辱骂如来、诽谤、激怒、恼害,诸比库,如来对此没有愤怒、没有不满、心没有不悦。
‘‘Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṃ sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa na hoti ānando na somanassaṃ na cetaso uppilāvitattaṃ. Tatra ce, bhikkhave , pare vā tathāgataṃ sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ pubbe pariññātaṃ tattha me evarūpā kārā karīyantī’ti. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tumhe cepi pare akkoseyyuṃ paribhāseyyuṃ roseyyuṃ viheseyyuṃ, tatra tumhe hi na āghāto na appaccayo na cetaso anabhiraddhi karaṇīyā. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tumhe cepi pare sakkareyyuṃ garuṃ kareyyuṃ māneyyuṃ pūjeyyuṃ, tatra tumhehi na ānando na somanassaṃ na cetaso uppilāvitattaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tumhe cepi pare sakkareyyuṃ garuṃ kareyyuṃ māneyyuṃ pūjeyyuṃ, tatra tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ pubbe pariññātaṃ, tattha me evarūpā kārā karīyantī’ti.
「诸比库,若他人恭敬如来、尊重、尊敬、礼敬,诸比库,如来对此没有欢喜、没有喜悦、心没有兴奋。诸比库,若他人恭敬如来、尊重、尊敬、礼敬,诸比库,如来对此如此想:『对于这以前已被遍知的,对此对我作如此的行为。』因此,诸比库,若他人辱骂你们、诽谤、激怒、恼害,对此你们不应有愤怒、不应有不满、不应有心的不悦。因此,诸比库,若他人恭敬你们、尊重、尊敬、礼敬,对此你们不应有欢喜、不应有喜悦、不应有心的兴奋。因此,诸比库,若他人恭敬你们、尊重、尊敬、礼敬,对此你们应如此想:『对于这以前已被遍知的,对此对我作如此的行为。』
§247
‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; sā vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Saññā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; sā vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Saṅkhārā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, te pajahatha; te vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti. Viññāṇaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, yaṃ imasmiṃ jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ, taṃ jano hareyya vā daheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya. Api nu tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘amhe jano harati vā dahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Na hi no etaṃ, bhante, attā vā attaniyaṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā, bhikkhave…pe… saññā, bhikkhave… saṅkhārā, bhikkhave…pe… viññāṇaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati.
「因此,诸比库,凡不是你们的,你们应舍断;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,什么不是你们的?诸比库,色不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,受不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,想不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,诸行不是你们的,你们应舍断它们;那些被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,识不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,你们认为如何?在这揭德林中的草、薪、枝、叶,若人拿走、或烧掉、或随意处理,你们会如此想:『人拿走我们、或烧掉、或随意处理』吗?」「不会,世尊。」「那是什么原因?」「世尊,因为那不是我们的我,或我所。」「诸比库,同样地,凡不是你们的,你们应舍断;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,什么不是你们的?诸比库,色不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。诸比库,受……诸比库,想……诸比库,诸行……诸比库,识不是你们的,你们应舍断它;那被你们舍断后,将长久地带来利益与安乐。
§248
‘‘Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike ye te bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā, vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya. Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike yesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, sabbe te opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino, anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike yesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, rāgadosamohā tanubhūtā, sabbe te sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike yesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīnāni, sabbe te sotāpannā, avinipātadhammā , niyatā sambodhiparāyanā. Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike ye te bhikkhū dhammānusārino saddhānusārino sabbe te sambodhiparāyanā. Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike yesaṃ mayi saddhāmattaṃ pemamattaṃ sabbe te saggaparāyanā’’ti.
「诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些比库是阿拉汉、漏尽者、已住梵行、所作已办、已卸重担、已达自利、已尽有结、以正智解脱,对他们而言,没有轮转可施设。诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些比库已断五下分结,他们全都是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那个世间再来。诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些比库已断三结,贪嗔痴减弱,他们全都是一来者,只来此世间一次即作苦的终结。诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些比库已断三结,他们全都是入流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些比库是随法行者、随信行者,他们全都趣向正觉。诸比库,如此,法被我善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布。诸比库,当法被我如此善说,显露、开显、阐明、去除破布时,那些对我只有信、只有爱的人,他们全都趣向天界。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说此。那些比库满意欢喜世尊所说。
Alagaddūpamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 蛇喻经完 第二
3. Vammikasuttaṃ3. 蚁垤经
§249
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo andhavane viharati. Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ andhavanaṃ obhāsetvā yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā āyasmantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ etadavoca –
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,具寿库马拉咖沙巴住在盲林。时,有一位天人,于深夜时分,以殊胜的容色照亮整个盲林,来到具寿库马拉咖沙巴处。到了之后,站在一边。站在一边的那位天人对具寿库马拉咖沙巴如此说——
‘‘Bhikkhu bhikkhu, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūmāyati, divā pajjalati. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa laṅgiṃ ‘laṅgī, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa laṅgiṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa uddhumāyikaṃ. ‘Uddhumāyikā, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa uddhumāyikaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa dvidhāpathaṃ. ‘Dvidhāpatho, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa dvidhāpathaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa caṅgavāraṃ . ‘Caṅgavāro, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa caṅgavāraṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa kummaṃ. ‘Kummo , bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa kummaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa asisūnaṃ. ‘Asisūnā, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa asisūnaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa maṃsapesiṃ. ‘Maṃsapesi, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘ukkhipa maṃsapesiṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya addasa nāgaṃ. ‘Nāgo, bhadante’ti. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘tiṭṭhatu nāgo, mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭesi; namo karohi nāgassā’’’ti.
「比库,比库,这个蚁丘夜间冒烟,白天燃烧。婆罗门如此说:『善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见门闩。『尊者,门闩。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起门闩;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见膨胀物。『尊者,膨胀物。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起膨胀物;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见叉路。『尊者,叉路。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起叉路;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见筛子。『尊者,筛子。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起筛子;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见龟。『尊者,龟。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起龟;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见屠刀与肉钩。『尊者,屠刀与肉钩。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起屠刀与肉钩;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见肉块。『尊者,肉块。』婆罗门如此说:『拔起肉块;善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。』善慧者拿着剑挖掘,看见龙。『尊者,龙。』婆罗门如此说:『让龙留着,不要触碰龙;向龙礼敬。』」
‘‘Ime kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pañhe bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyāsi, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāsi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, bhikkhu, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo imesaṃ pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena cittaṃ ārādheyya aññatra tathāgatena vā, tathāgatasāvakena vā, ito vā pana sutvā’’ti – idamavoca sā devatā. Idaṃ vatvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
「比库,你应去到世尊处问这些问题,世尊如何分别论,你应如此受持。比库,我不见在这天、魔、梵天世间,在沙门、婆罗门、天、人众中,有谁能以解答这些问题而令心满意,除了如来、如来的弟子,或从此处听闻者。」那位天人说此。说此之后,就在那里消失了。
§250
Atha kho āyasmā kumārakassapo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, rattiṃ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ andhavanaṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhante, sā devatā maṃ etadavoca – ‘bhikkhu bhikkhu, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūmāyati, divā pajjalati’. Brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyā’ti. Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṃ ādāya…pe… ito vā pana sutvāti. Idamavoca, bhante, sā devatā. Idaṃ vatvā tatthevantaradhāyi. ‘Ko nu kho, bhante, vammiko, kā rattiṃ dhūmāyanā, kā divā pajjalanā, ko brāhmaṇo, ko sumedho, kiṃ satthaṃ, kiṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ, kā laṅgī, kā uddhumāyikā, ko dvidhāpatho, kiṃ caṅgavāraṃ, ko kummo, kā asisūnā , kā maṃsapesi, ko nāgo’’’ti?
时,具寿库马拉咖沙巴于那夜过后,来到世尊处。到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边的具寿库马拉咖沙巴对世尊如此说:「尊者,今夜,有一位天人,于深夜时分,以殊胜的容色照亮整个盲林,来到我处。到了之后,站在一边。尊者,站在一边的那位天人对我如此说:『比库,比库,这个蚁丘夜间冒烟,白天燃烧。婆罗门如此说:「善慧者,拿着剑挖掘。」善慧者拿着剑挖掘……乃至……或从此处听闻者。』尊者,那位天人说此。说此之后,就在那里消失了。尊者,什么是蚁丘?什么是夜间冒烟?什么是白天燃烧?谁是婆罗门?谁是善慧者?什么是剑?什么是挖掘?什么是门闩?什么是膨胀物?什么是叉路?什么是筛子?什么是龟?什么是屠刀与肉钩?什么是肉块?什么是龙?」
§251
‘‘‘Vammiko’ti kho, bhikkhu, imassetaṃ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ, mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddanabhedana-viddhaṃsana-dhammassa.
「『蚁丘』,比库,这是对此四大种身的同义语,由父母所生,由饭粥积聚,无常、涂抹、按摩、破坏、毁灭之法。
‘‘Yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, divā kammante ārabbha rattiṃ anuvitakketi anuvicāreti – ayaṃ rattiṃ dhūmāyanā. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, rattiṃ anuvitakketvā anuvicāretvā divā kammante payojeti kāyena vācāya ‘manasā’ – ayaṃ divā pajjalanā.
「比库,凡白天造作业后,夜间寻思、伺察——这是夜间冒烟。比库,凡夜间寻思、伺察后,白天以身、以语、以意造作业——这是白天燃烧。
‘‘‘Brāhmaṇo’ti kho, bhikkhu, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Sumedho’ti kho bhikkhu sekkhassetaṃ bhikkhuno adhivacanaṃ.
「比库,『婆罗门』是如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的同义语。比库,『善慧者』是有学比库的同义语。
‘‘‘Sattha’nti kho, bhikkhu, ariyāyetaṃ paññāya adhivacanaṃ. ‘Abhikkhaṇa’nti kho, bhikkhu, vīriyārambhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
「比库,『刀』是圣慧的同义语。比库,『时常』是精进策励的同义语。
‘‘‘Laṅgī’ti kho, bhikkhu, avijjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ukkhipa laṅgiṃ, pajaha avijjaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『犁』是无明的同义语。『举起犁,舍断无明;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Uddhumāyikā’ti kho, bhikkhu, kodhūpāyāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ukkhipa uddhumāyikaṃ, pajaha kodhūpāyāsaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『吹管』是忿怒与绝望的同义语。『举起吹管,舍断忿怒与绝望;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Dvidhāpatho’ti kho, bhikkhu, vicikicchāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ukkhipa dvidhāpathaṃ, pajaha vicikicchaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『叉路』是疑的同义语。『举起叉路,舍断疑;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Caṅgavāra’nti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – kāmacchandanīvaraṇassa, byāpādanīvaraṇassa, thīnamiddhanīvaraṇassa, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇassa, vicikicchānīvaraṇassa. Ukkhipa caṅgavāraṃ, pajaha pañca nīvaraṇe ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『轭』是五盖的同义语,即:欲欲盖、嗔恨盖、昏沉睡眠盖、掉举追悔盖、疑盖。『举起轭,舍断五盖;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Kummo’ti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – rūpupādānakkhandhassa, vedanupādānakkhandhassa, saññupādānakkhandhassa, saṅkhārupādānakkhandhassa, viññāṇupādānakkhandhassa. Ukkhipa kummaṃ, pajaha pañcupādānakkhandhe; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『龟』是五取蕴的同义语,即:色取蕴、受取蕴、想取蕴、行取蕴、识取蕴。『举起龟,舍断五取蕴;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Asisūnā’ti kho, bhikkhu, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ – cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ piyarūpānaṃ kāmūpasaṃhitānaṃ rajanīyānaṃ, sotaviññeyyānaṃ saddānaṃ…pe… ghānaviññeyyānaṃ gandhānaṃ…pe… jivhāviññeyyānaṃ rasānaṃ…pe… kāyaviññeyyānaṃ phoṭṭhabbānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ piyarūpānaṃ kāmūpasaṃhitānaṃ rajanīyānaṃ. Ukkhipa asisūnaṃ, pajaha pañca kāmaguṇe; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『剑屠场』是五欲功德的同义语——眼识知的色,令人喜爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱的形色、与欲相应的、能引起染著的;耳识知的声……鼻识知的香……舌识知的味……身识知的触,令人喜爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱的形色、与欲相应的、能引起染著的。『举起剑屠场,舍断五欲功德;善慧者,持刀时常(耕作)』,这是其义。
‘‘‘Maṃsapesī’ti kho, bhikkhu, nandīrāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ukkhipa maṃsapesiṃ, pajaha nandīrāgaṃ; abhikkhaṇa, sumedha, satthaṃ ādāyāti ayametassa attho.
「比库,『肉块』,这是喜贪的同义语。举起肉块,舍断喜贪;善慧者,常常拿起刀,这是此义。」
‘‘‘Nāgo’ti kho, bhikkhu, khīṇāsavassetaṃ bhikkhuno adhivacanaṃ. Tiṭṭhatu nāgo, mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭesi; namo karohi nāgassāti ayametassa attho’’ti.
「比库,『龙』,这是漏尽比库的同义语。龙应住立,莫触恼龙;应礼敬龙,这是此义。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
世尊说此。具寿库马拉咖沙巴心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Vammikasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 蚁垤经完 第三
4. Rathavinītasuttaṃ4. 车接替经
§252
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho sambahulā jātibhūmakā bhikkhū jātibhūmiyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖喇陀咖鸟园。尔时,众多出生地的比库们在出生地雨安居后,前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的那些比库们如此说:
‘‘Ko nu kho, bhikkhave, jātibhūmiyaṃ jātibhūmakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ evaṃ sambhāvito – ‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca santuṭṭho santuṭṭhikathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca pavivitto pavivekakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca asaṃsaṭṭho asaṃsaggakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca āraddhavīriyo vīriyārambhakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca sīlasampanno sīlasampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca samādhisampanno samādhisampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca paññāsampanno paññāsampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca vimuttisampanno vimuttisampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, ovādako viññāpako sandassako samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīna’’’nti? ‘‘Puṇṇo nāma, bhante, āyasmā mantāṇiputto jātibhūmiyaṃ jātibhūmakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ evaṃ sambhāvito – ‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā, attanā ca santuṭṭho…pe… ovādako viññāpako sandassako samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīna’’’nti.
「诸比库,在出生地,出生地的比库们的同梵行者中,谁如此受尊重:『自己少欲,也对比库们说少欲之语;自己知足,也对比库们说知足之语;自己远离,也对比库们说远离之语;自己不混杂,也对比库们说不交往之语;自己精进已发动,也对比库们说精进发动之语;自己戒具足,也对比库们说戒具足之语;自己定具足,也对比库们说定具足之语;自己慧具足,也对比库们说慧具足之语;自己解脱具足,也对比库们说解脱具足之语;自己解脱智见具足,也对比库们说解脱智见具足之语;对同梵行者教诫、教导、开示、劝导、鼓励、激励』?」「尊者,名为本那满答尼子的具寿,在出生地,出生地的比库们的同梵行者中如此受尊重:『自己少欲,也对比库们说少欲之语;自己知足……乃至……对同梵行者教诫、教导、开示、劝导、鼓励、激励』。」
§253
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘lābhā āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtassa, suladdhalābhā āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtassa, yassa viññū sabrahmacārī satthu sammukhā anumassa anumassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, tañca satthā abbhanumodati. Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṃ samāgaccheyyāma , appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti.
尔时,具寿沙利子坐在世尊不远处。于是,具寿沙利子生起此念:「具寿本那满答尼子获得利益,具寿本那满答尼子善得利益,有智的同梵行者们在导师面前一再称赞其德,而导师也随喜。但愿我们有时能与具寿本那满答尼子相会,但愿能有某些交谈。」
§254
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Assosi kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira sāvatthiṃ anuppatto; sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’’ti.
尔时,世尊在王舍城随意住后,向沙瓦提出发游行。次第游行,抵达沙瓦提。于彼处,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。具寿本那满答尼子听闻:「世尊已抵达沙瓦提;住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。」
§255
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya.
于是,具寿本那满答尼子整理住处,持钵与衣,向沙瓦提出发游行。次第游行,前往沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园,前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊以法语对坐于一旁的具寿本那满答尼子开示、劝导、鼓励、激励。于是,具寿本那满答尼子被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、激励后,欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后,前往盲林作日中住。
§256
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yassa kho tvaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, puṇṇassa nāma bhikkhuno mantāṇiputtassa abhiṇhaṃ kittayamāno ahosi, so bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena andhavanaṃ tena pakkanto divāvihārāyā’’ti.
那时,某位比库去到具寿沙利子那里;去到后,对具寿沙利子这样说——「具寿沙利子,你经常称赞那位名叫富楼那·满答尼子的比库,他被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后,前往盲林日中住」。
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto taramānarūpo nisīdanaṃ ādāya āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi sīsānulokī. Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.
那时,具寿沙利子急忙地拿起坐具,跟随在具寿富楼那·满答尼子后面,观察头部。那时,具寿富楼那·满答尼子进入盲林后,在某棵树下坐下日中住。具寿沙利子也进入盲林后,在某棵树下坐下日中住。
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ etadavoca –
那时,具寿沙利子在傍晚时分从独坐中出来,去到具寿富楼那·满答尼子那里;去到后,与具寿富楼那·满答尼子互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿沙利子对具寿富楼那·满答尼子这样说——
§257
‘‘Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「具寿,在世尊座下修梵行吗?」
‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti.
「是的,具寿」。
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「具寿,是为了戒清净而在世尊座下修梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不是这样,具寿」。
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,具寿,是为了心清净而在世尊座下修梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,贤友。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,贤友,是为了见清净而在世尊座下行梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,贤友。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,贤友,是为了度疑清净而在世尊座下行梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,贤友。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,贤友,是为了道非道智见清净而在世尊座下行梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,贤友。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,贤友,是为了道智见清净而在世尊座下行梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,具寿。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti?
「那么,具寿,是为了智见清净而在世尊座下修习梵行吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,具寿。」
‘‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhatthaṃ…pe… kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthaṃ…pe… maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ…pe… paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ…pe… kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ āvuso’ti vadesi. Kimatthaṃ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti? ‘‘Anupādāparinibbānatthaṃ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti.
「具寿,当被问'是为了戒清净而在世尊座下修习梵行吗'时,你说'不,具寿'。当被问'那么,具寿,是为了心清净而在世尊座下修习梵行吗'时,你说'不,具寿'。当被问'那么,具寿,是为了见清净……为了度疑清净……为了道非道智见清净……为了道智见清净……那么,具寿,是为了智见清净而在世尊座下修习梵行吗'时,你说'不,具寿'。那么,具寿,究竟为了什么而在世尊座下修习梵行呢?」「具寿,是为了无取般涅槃而在世尊座下修习梵行。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「那么,具寿,戒清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,具寿。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, cittavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「那么,具寿,心清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「不,具寿。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「贤友,见清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti ?
「那么,贤友,度疑清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「贤友,道非道智见清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「那么,贤友,行道智见清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「贤友,智见清净是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ , āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘Kiṃ panāvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbāna’’nti?
「那么,贤友,离开这些法是无取般涅槃吗?」
‘‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’’.
「贤友,这不是。」
‘‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ panāvuso, cittavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’nti…pe… kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi… maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi… paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi… ‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi anupādāparinibbāna’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ panāvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbāna’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi. Yathākathaṃ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti?
「贤友,当被问『戒清净是无取般涅槃吗?』时,你说『贤友,这不是。』当被问『贤友,心清净是无取般涅槃吗?』时,你说『贤友,这不是。』当被问『贤友,见清净是无取般涅槃吗?』时……度疑清净……道非道智见清净……行道智见清净……当被问『贤友,智见清净是无取般涅槃吗?』时,你说『贤友,这不是。』当被问『那么,贤友,离开这些法是无取般涅槃吗?』时,你说『贤友,这不是。』那么,贤友,应如何看待此所说之义?」
§258
‘‘Sīlavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya . Cittavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya. Diṭṭhivisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya. Kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya . Maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya. Paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya. Ñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ ce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya, saupādānaṃyeva samānaṃ anupādāparinibbānaṃ paññapeyya. Aññatra ce, āvuso, imehi dhammehi anupādāparinibbānaṃ abhavissa, puthujjano parinibbāyeyya. Puthujjano hi, āvuso, aññatra imehi dhammehi. Tena hāvuso, upamaṃ te karissāmi; upamāyapidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
「贤友,若世尊施设戒清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设心清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设见清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设度疑清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设道非道智见清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设行道智见清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若世尊施设智见清净为无取般涅槃,则是施设有取者为无取般涅槃。贤友,若离开这些法有无取般涅槃,则凡夫将般涅槃。贤友,因为凡夫离开这些法。贤友,因此,我将为你作譬喻;依譬喻,一些有智之人了知所说之义。」
§259
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasantassa sākete kiñcideva accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ uppajjeyya. Tassa antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca sāketaṃ satta rathavinītāni upaṭṭhapeyyuṃ. Atha kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sāvatthiyā nikkhamitvā antepuradvārā paṭhamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya, paṭhamena rathavinītena dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, paṭhamaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Dutiyena rathavinītena tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya, tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Tatiyena rathavinītena catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya, catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Catutthena rathavinītena pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya, pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Pañcamena rathavinītena chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya, chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Chaṭṭhena rathavinītena sattamaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇeyya, chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjeyya, sattamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruheyya. Sattamena rathavinītena sāketaṃ anupāpuṇeyya antepuradvāraṃ. Tamenaṃ antepuradvāragataṃ samānaṃ mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘iminā tvaṃ, mahārāja, rathavinītena sāvatthiyā sāketaṃ anuppatto antepuradvāra’nti ? Kathaṃ byākaramāno nu kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti?
「贤友,譬如拔些那地咖库沙喇王住在沙瓦提时,在萨咖德有某件紧急的事务生起。在沙瓦提与萨咖德之间,为他准备了七辆车乘。贤友,那时,拔些那地咖库沙喇王从沙瓦提出发,在内宫门口登上第一辆车乘,以第一辆车乘到达第二辆车乘,放下第一辆车乘,登上第二辆车乘。以第二辆车乘到达第三辆车乘,放下第二辆车乘,登上第三辆车乘。以第三辆车乘到达第四辆车乘,放下第三辆车乘,登上第四辆车乘。以第四辆车乘到达第五辆车乘,放下第四辆车乘,登上第五辆车乘。以第五辆车乘到达第六辆车乘,放下第五辆车乘,登上第六辆车乘。以第六辆车乘到达第七辆车乘,放下第六辆车乘,登上第七辆车乘。以第七辆车乘到达萨咖德的内宫门口。当他到达内宫门口时,朋友、大臣、亲戚、血亲如此问他——『大王,你以此车乘从沙瓦提到达萨咖德的内宫门口吗?』贤友,拔些那地咖库沙喇王如何回答才是正确回答?」
‘‘Evaṃ byākaramāno kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyya – ‘idha me sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasantassa sākete kiñcideva accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ uppajji . Tassa me antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca sāketaṃ satta rathavinītāni upaṭṭhapesuṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ sāvatthiyā nikkhamitvā antepuradvārā paṭhamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Paṭhamena rathavinītena dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, paṭhamaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Dutiyena rathavinītena tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, dutiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ, tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Tatiyena rathavinītena catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, tatiyaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ, catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Catutthena rathavinītena pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, catutthaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ, pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Pañcamena rathavinītena chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, pañcamaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ, chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Chaṭṭhena rathavinītena sattamaṃ rathavinītaṃ pāpuṇiṃ, chaṭṭhaṃ rathavinītaṃ vissajjiṃ, sattamaṃ rathavinītaṃ abhiruhiṃ. Sattamena rathavinītena sāketaṃ anuppatto antepuradvāra’nti. Evaṃ byākaramāno kho, āvuso, rājā pasenadi kosalo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti.
「贤友,拔些那地咖库沙喇王如此回答才是正确回答——『我住在沙瓦提时,在萨咖德有某件紧急的事务生起。在沙瓦提与萨咖德之间,为我准备了七辆车乘。那时我从沙瓦提出发,在内宫门口登上第一辆车乘。以第一辆车乘到达第二辆车乘,放下第一辆车乘,登上第二辆车乘。以第二辆车乘到达第三辆车乘,放下第二辆车乘,登上第三辆车乘。以第三辆车乘到达第四辆车乘,放下第三辆车乘,登上第四辆车乘。以第四辆车乘到达第五辆车乘,放下第四辆车乘,登上第五辆车乘。以第五辆车乘到达第六辆车乘,放下第五辆车乘,登上第六辆车乘。以第六辆车乘到达第七辆车乘,放下第六辆车乘,登上第七辆车乘。以第七辆车乘到达萨咖德的内宫门口。』贤友,拔些那地咖库沙喇王如此回答才是正确回答。」
‘‘Evameva kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhi yāvadeva cittavisuddhatthā, cittavisuddhi yāvadeva diṭṭhivisuddhatthā, diṭṭhivisuddhi yāvadeva kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthā, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi yāvadeva maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthā, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi yāvadeva anupādāparinibbānatthā. Anupādāparinibbānatthaṃ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti.
「贤友,同样地,戒清净仅为了心清净的目的,心清净仅为了见清净的目的,见清净仅为了度疑清净的目的,度疑清净仅为了道非道智见清净的目的,道非道智见清净仅为了道智见清净的目的,道智见清净仅为了智见清净的目的,智见清净仅为了无取般涅槃的目的。贤友,为了无取般涅槃的目的,在世尊座下修习梵行。」
§260
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘konāmo āyasmā, kathañca panāyasmantaṃ sabrahmacārī jānantī’’ti? ‘‘Puṇṇoti kho me, āvuso, nāmaṃ; mantāṇiputtoti ca pana maṃ sabrahmacārī jānantī’’ti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, āvuso, abbhutaṃ, āvuso! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena, evameva āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena gambhīrā gambhīrapañhā anumassa anumassa byākatā. Lābhā sabrahmacārīnaṃ, suladdhalābhā sabrahmacārīnaṃ, ye āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ labhanti dassanāya, labhanti payirūpāsanāya. Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṃ dassanāya, labheyyuṃ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṃ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ puṇṇaṃ mantāṇiputtaṃ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā’’ti.
如是说已,具寿沙利子对具寿富楼那满答尼子如是说:「具寿名为何?同梵行者如何知道具寿?」「贤友,我的名字是富楼那,同梵行者知道我为满答尼子。」「贤友,不可思议!贤友,稀有!如同多闻的弟子正确地了知导师的教诫,具寿富楼那满答尼子就是如此,一个接一个地解答了甚深的甚深问题。同梵行者们有所得,同梵行者们善得利益,他们得以见到具寿富楼那满答尼子,得以亲近。即使同梵行者们用头巾顶戴具寿富楼那满答尼子而得以见到、得以亲近,他们也有所得,他们也善得,我们也有所得,我们也善得,因为我们得以见到具寿富楼那满答尼子,得以亲近。」
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nāmo āyasmā, kathañca panāyasmantaṃ sabrahmacārī jānantī’’ti? ‘‘Upatissoti kho me, āvuso, nāmaṃ; sāriputtoti ca pana maṃ sabrahmacārī jānantī’’ti. ‘‘Satthukappena vata kira, bho , sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā na jānimha – ‘āyasmā sāriputto’ti. Sace hi mayaṃ jāneyyāma ‘āyasmā sāriputto’ti, ettakampi no nappaṭibhāseyya . Acchariyaṃ, āvuso, abbhutaṃ, āvuso! Yathā taṃ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṃ ājānantena, evameva āyasmatā sāriputtena gambhīrā gambhīrapañhā anumassa anumassa pucchitā. Lābhā sabrahmacārīnaṃ suladdhalābhā sabrahmacārīnaṃ, ye āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ labhanti dassanāya, labhanti payirūpāsanāya. Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṃ dassanāya, labheyyuṃ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṃ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā’’ti.
如是说已,具寿富楼那满答尼子对具寿沙利子如是说:「具寿名为何?同梵行者如何知道具寿?」「贤友,我的名字是乌巴帝沙,同梵行者知道我为沙利子。」「尊者,我们竟然与如导师般的弟子交谈而不知道『具寿沙利子』。如果我们知道『具寿沙利子』,我们连这么多也不会回答。贤友,不可思议!贤友,稀有!如同多闻的弟子正确地了知导师的教诫,具寿沙利子就是如此,一个接一个地提问了甚深的甚深问题。同梵行者们有所得,同梵行者们善得利益,他们得以见到具寿沙利子,得以亲近。即使同梵行者们用头巾顶戴具寿沙利子而得以见到、得以亲近,他们也有所得,他们也善得,我们也有所得,我们也善得,因为我们得以见到具寿沙利子,得以亲近。」
Itiha te ubhopi mahānāgā aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ samanumodiṃsūti.
如此,这两位大龙互相随喜善说。
Rathavinītasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 车接替经完 第四
5. Nivāpasuttaṃ5. 饵食经
§261
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。于此,世尊称呼比库们:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如是说:
‘‘Na , bhikkhave, nevāpiko nivāpaṃ nivapati migajātānaṃ – ‘imaṃ me nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ migajātā paribhuñjantā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ yāpentū’ti. Evañca kho, bhikkhave, nevāpiko nivāpaṃ nivapati migajātānaṃ – ‘imaṃ me nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ migajātā anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissanti, anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjissanti, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjissanti, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissanti imasmiṃ nivāpe’ti.
「诸比库,猎人不会为鹿群撒饵而想:『愿鹿群享用我所撒的这饵,长寿、美貌,长久地度过长时。』诸比库,猎人为鹿群撒饵而想:『鹿群将深入地、贪著地享用我所撒的这饵,深入地、贪著地享用食物时将陷入迷醉,迷醉时将陷入放逸,放逸时在这饵中将成为我随意处置者。』
§262
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, paṭhamā migajātā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu, te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā.
「诸比库,于此,第一群鹿深入地、贪著地享用猎人所撒的那饵,它们在那里深入地、贪著地享用食物时陷入了迷醉,迷醉时陷入了放逸,放逸时在那饵中成为了猎人的随意处置者。诸比库,如此,那第一群鹿未能脱离猎人的势力范围。
§263
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, dutiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe. Evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭiviramiṃsu, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihariṃsu. Tesaṃ gimhānaṃ pacchime māse, tiṇodakasaṅkhaye, adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Tesaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyānaṃ balavīriyaṃ parihāyi. Balavīriye parihīne tameva nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa paccāgamiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, dutiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā.
「诸比库,于此,第二群鹿如是思量:『那些第一群鹿深入地、贪著地享用猎人所撒的那饵,它们在那里深入地、贪著地享用食物时陷入了迷醉,迷醉时陷入了放逸,放逸时在那饵中成为了猎人的随意处置者。如此,那第一群鹿未能脱离猎人的势力范围。我们何不完全地远离饵食,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住?』它们完全地远离了饵食,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住。在夏季最后一个月,当草和水枯竭时,它们的身体达到了极度消瘦。它们身体极度消瘦时,力量和精进衰退了。力量和精进衰退时,它们又回到猎人所撒的那饵。它们在那里深入地、贪著地享用食物,深入地、贪著地享用食物时陷入了迷醉,迷醉时陷入了放逸,放逸时在那饵中成为了猎人的随意处置者。诸比库,如此,那第二群鹿也未能脱离猎人的势力范围。
§264
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, tatiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmāti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭiviramiṃsu, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihariṃsu. Tesaṃ gimhānaṃ pacchime māse tiṇodakasaṅkhaye adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Tesaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyānaṃ balavīriyaṃ parihāyi. Balavīriye parihīne tameva nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa paccāgamiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe. Evañhi te dutiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyāma. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe’ti. Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu, te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe.
「诸比库,于此,第三群鹿如此思惟:『那些第一群鹿食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。那些第二群鹿也如此思惟:那些第一群鹿食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?』他们完全远离诱饵食物,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住。在夏季最后一个月,当草和水枯竭时,他们的身体变得极度消瘦。他们身体极度消瘦时,力量和精力衰退了。当力量和精力衰退时,他们又回到猎人所设置的那个诱饵处。他们在那里侵入后贪婪地食用食物。他们在那里侵入后贪婪地食用食物时,陷入迷醉,陷入迷醉后,陷入放逸,陷入放逸后,在那个诱饵处成为猎人可随意处置者。如此,那些第二群鹿也未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不依靠猎人所设置的那个诱饵建立住处呢?在那里建立住处后,我们将不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,我们将不陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,我们将不陷入放逸,不放逸时,我们将不会在那个诱饵处成为猎人可随意处置者。』他们依靠猎人所设置的那个诱饵建立了住处。在那里建立住处后,他们不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,他们在那里不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,未陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,未陷入放逸,不放逸时,在那个诱饵处未成为猎人可随意处置者。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca etadahosi – ‘saṭhāssunāmime tatiyā migajātā ketabino, iddhimantāssunāmime tatiyā migajātā parajanā; imañca nāma nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ paribhuñjanti, na ca nesaṃ jānāma āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāreyyāma – appeva nāma tatiyānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṃ gaccheyyu’nti. Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāresuṃ. Addasaṃsu kho, bhikkhave, nevāpiko ca nevāpikaparisā ca tatiyānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ, yattha te gāhaṃ agamaṃsu. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, tatiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā.
「诸比库,于此,猎人和猎人的随从如此想:『这些第三群鹿确实狡猾、诡诈,这些第三群鹿确实有神通、是他人,他们食用这个所设置的诱饵,但我们不知道他们的来或去。我们何不用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住这个所设置的诱饵呢?或许我们能看到第三群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。』他们用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住那个所设置的诱饵。诸比库,猎人和猎人的随从看到了第三群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。如此,诸比库,那些第三群鹿也未能解脱猎人的神通威力。」
§265
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, catutthā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭiviramiṃsu…pe… evañhi te dutiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te tatiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā migajātā evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘ye kho te paṭhamā migajātā…pe… evañhi te paṭhamā migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭiviramiṃsu…pe… evañhi te dutiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe’ti. Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṃ kappayiṃsu, tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu, te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe.
「诸比库,于此,第四群鹿如此思惟:『那些第一群鹿……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。那些第二群鹿也如此思惟:那些第一群鹿……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?他们完全远离诱饵食物……(中略)……如此,那些第二群鹿也未能解脱猎人的神通威力。那些第三群鹿也如此思惟:那些第一群鹿……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。那些第二群鹿也如此思惟:那些第一群鹿……(中略)……如此,那些第一群鹿未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?他们完全远离诱饵食物……(中略)……如此,那些第二群鹿也未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不依靠猎人所设置的那个诱饵建立住处,在那里建立住处后,我们将不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,我们将不陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,我们将不陷入放逸,不放逸时,我们将不会在那个诱饵处成为猎人可随意处置者。』他们依靠猎人所设置的那个诱饵建立了住处,在那里建立住处后,他们不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,他们在那里不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,未陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,未陷入放逸,不放逸时,在那个诱饵处未成为猎人可随意处置者。」
‘‘Tatra nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca etadahosi – ‘saṭhāssunāmime tatiyā migajātā ketabino, iddhimantāssunāmime tatiyā migajātā parajanā, imañca nāma nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ paribhuñjanti. Na ca nesaṃ jānāma āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīti daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṃ gaccheyyu’nti. Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīti daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāresuṃ. Addasaṃsu kho nevāpiko ca nevāpikaparisā ca tatiyānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ, yattha te gāhaṃ agamaṃsu. Evañhi te tatiyāpi migajātā na parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ yattha agati nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca tatrāsayaṃ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe’ti. Te yattha agati nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca tatrāsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu, te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ nevāpikassa amusmiṃ nivāpe.
「于此,猎人和猎人的随从如此想:『这些第三群鹿确实狡猾、诡诈,这些第三群鹿确实有神通、是他人,他们食用这个所设置的诱饵,但我们不知道他们的来或去。我们何不用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住这个所设置的诱饵呢?或许我们能看到第三群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。』他们用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住那个所设置的诱饵。猎人和猎人的随从看到了第三群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。如此,那些第三群鹿也未能解脱猎人的神通威力。我们何不在猎人和猎人的随从不能到达之处建立住处,在那里建立住处后,我们将不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,我们将不陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,我们将不陷入放逸,不放逸时,我们将不会在那个诱饵处成为猎人可随意处置者。』他们在猎人和猎人的随从不能到达之处建立了住处。在那里建立住处后,他们不侵入、不贪婪地食用猎人所设置的那个诱饵的食物,他们在那里不侵入、不贪婪地食用食物时,未陷入迷醉,不迷醉时,未陷入放逸,不放逸时,在那个诱饵处未成为猎人可随意处置者。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca etadahosi – ‘saṭhāssunāmime catutthā migajātā ketabino, iddhimantāssunāmime catutthā migajātā parajanā. Imañca nāma nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ paribhuñjanti, na ca nesaṃ jānāma āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma catutthānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ passeyyāma yattha te gāhaṃ gaccheyyu’nti. Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṃ anuparivāresuṃ. Neva kho, bhikkhave, addasaṃsu nevāpiko ca nevāpikaparisā ca catutthānaṃ migajātānaṃ āsayaṃ, yattha te gāhaṃ gaccheyyuṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca etadahosi – ‘sace kho mayaṃ catutthe migajāte ghaṭṭessāma, te ghaṭṭitā aññe ghaṭṭissanti te ghaṭṭitā aññe ghaṭṭissanti. Evaṃ imaṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ sabbaso migajātā parimuñcissanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ catutthe migajāte ajjhupekkheyyāmā’ti. Ajjhupekkhiṃsu kho, bhikkhave, nevāpiko ca nevāpikaparisā ca catutthe migajāte. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, catutthā migajātā parimucciṃsu nevāpikassa iddhānubhāvā.
「诸比库,于此,猎人和猎人的随从如此想:『这些第四群鹿确实狡猾、诡诈,这些第四群鹿确实有神通、是他人,他们食用这个所设置的诱饵,但我们不知道他们的来或去。我们何不用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住这个所设置的诱饵呢?或许我们能看到第四群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。』他们用大的棍棒和陷阱从四周完全围住那个所设置的诱饵。诸比库,猎人和猎人的随从未能看到第四群鹿的住处,他们去那里作为隐藏处。诸比库,于此,猎人和猎人的随从如此想:『如果我们骚扰第四群鹿,被骚扰的他们将骚扰其他的,被骚扰的那些将骚扰其他的。如此,所有的鹿群将完全解脱这个所设置的诱饵。我们何不对第四群鹿置之不理呢?』诸比库,猎人和猎人的随从对第四群鹿置之不理了。如此,诸比库,那些第四群鹿解脱了猎人的神通威力。」
§266
‘‘Upamā kho me ayaṃ, bhikkhave, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. Ayaṃ cevettha attho – nivāpoti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Nevāpikoti kho, bhikkhave, mārassetaṃ pāpimato adhivacanaṃ. Nevāpikaparisāti kho, bhikkhave, māraparisāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Migajātāti kho, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
「诸比库,我为了义理的了知而作了这个譬喻。这里的义理是这样的:诸比库,『诱饵』,这是五欲功德的同义语。诸比库,『猎人』,这是魔波旬的同义语。诸比库,『猎人的随从』,这是魔的随从的同义语。诸比库,『鹿群』,这是沙门、婆罗门的同义语。」
§267
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise . Evañhi te, bhikkhave, paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, paṭhamā migajātā tathūpame ahaṃ ime paṭhame samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
「诸比库,于此,第一类沙门、婆罗门侵入后贪婪地食用魔所设置的那个诱饵和那些世间物欲。他们在那里侵入后贪婪地食用食物时,陷入迷醉,陷入迷醉后,陷入放逸,陷入放逸后,在那个诱饵处和那个世间物欲中成为魔可随意处置者。如此,诸比库,那些第一类沙门、婆罗门未能解脱魔的神通威力。诸比库,犹如那些第一群鹿,我说这些第一类沙门、婆罗门与他们相似。」
§268
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, dutiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭiviramiṃsu, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmāti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭiviramiṃsu, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihariṃsu. Te tattha sākabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, sāmākabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, nīvārabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, daddulabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, haṭabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, kaṇabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, ācāmabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, piññākabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, tiṇabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, gomayabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ, vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpesuṃ pavattaphalabhojī.
「诸比库,于此,第二类沙门、婆罗门如此思惟:『那些第一类沙门、婆罗门侵入后贪婪地食用魔所设置的那个诱饵和那些世间物欲。他们在那里侵入后贪婪地食用食物时,陷入迷醉,陷入迷醉后,陷入放逸,陷入放逸后,在那个诱饵处和那个世间物欲中成为魔可随意处置者。如此,那些第一类沙门、婆罗门未能解脱魔的神通威力。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物和世间物欲,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?』他们完全远离诱饵食物和世间物欲,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住。他们完全远离诱饵食物和世间物欲,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住。他们在那里也食用蔬菜,也食用稗子,也食用野生稻,也食用达杜喇,也食用哈咖,也食用谷粒,也食用阿咖玛,也食用糠,也食用草,也食用牛粪,以森林的根和果实为食,食用自然落下的果实维生。」
‘‘Tesaṃ gimhānaṃ pacchime māse, tiṇodakasaṅkhaye, adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Tesaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyānaṃ balavīriyaṃ parihāyi. Balavīriye parihīne cetovimutti parihāyi. Cetovimuttiyā parihīnāya tameva nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa paccāgamiṃsu tāni ca lokāmisāni. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, dutiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, dutiyā migajātā tathūpame ahaṃ ime dutiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
「它们在夏季的最后一个月,当草和水枯竭时,身体达到极度消瘦。它们身体极度消瘦时,力与精进衰退了。力与精进衰退时,心解脱衰退了。心解脱衰退时,它们回到那魔所施设的诱饵和那些世间诱惑。它们在那里侵入、迷醉地食用食物。它们在那里侵入、迷醉地食用食物时,陷入骄慢,骄慢时陷入放逸,放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中成为魔可随意处置者。如此,诸比库,那些第二类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。诸比库,犹如那第二群鹿,我说这些第二类沙门婆罗门与之相似。」
§269
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, tatiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni…pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni…pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭiviramiṃsu. Bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihariṃsu. Te tattha sākabhakkhāpi ahesuṃ…pe… pavattaphalabhojī. Tesaṃ gimhānaṃ pacchime māse tiṇodakasaṅkhaye adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Tesaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyānaṃ balavīriyaṃ parihāyi, balavīriye parihīne cetovimutti parihāyi, cetovimuttiyā parihīnāya tameva nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa paccāgamiṃsu tāni ca lokāmisāni. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha anupakhajja mucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, mattā samānā pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, pamattā samānā yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise. Evañhi te dutiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise’’ti.
「诸比库,在那里,第三类沙门婆罗门如此思量:『那些第一类沙门婆罗门对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。那些第二类沙门婆罗门也如此思量:「那些第一类沙门婆罗门对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物和世间诱惑,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?」它们完全远离了诱饵食物和世间诱惑。远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住。它们在那里食用蔬菜……(中略)……食用落果。它们在夏季的最后一个月,当草和水枯竭时,身体达到极度消瘦。它们身体极度消瘦时,力与精进衰退了,力与精进衰退时,心解脱衰退了,心解脱衰退时,它们回到那魔所施设的诱饵和那些世间诱惑。它们在那里侵入、迷醉地食用食物。它们在那里侵入、迷醉地食用食物时,陷入骄慢,骄慢时陷入放逸,放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中成为魔可随意处置者。如此,那些第二类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不依靠魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑建立住处,建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物,不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,我们将不陷入骄慢,不骄慢时将不陷入放逸,不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中将不成为魔可随意处置者。』」
‘‘Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise . Api ca kho evaṃdiṭṭhikā ahesuṃ – sassato loko itipi, asassato loko itipi; antavā loko itipi, anantavā loko itipi; taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ itipi, aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ itipi; hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itipi, na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itipi, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itipi, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itipi . Evañhi te, bhikkhave, tatiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, tatiyā migajātā tathūpame ahaṃ ime tatiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
「它们依靠魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑建立了住处。建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物。它们在那里不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,不陷入骄慢,不骄慢时不陷入放逸,不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中不成为魔可随意处置者。但是它们持有这样的见:『世间是常的』,或『世间是无常的』,或『世间是有边的』,或『世间是无边的』,或『命即是身』,或『命是一身是另一』,或『如来死后存在』,或『如来死后不存在』,或『如来死后既存在又不存在』,或『如来死后既非存在又非不存在』。如此,诸比库,那些第三类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。诸比库,犹如那第三群鹿,我说这些第三类沙门婆罗门与之相似。」
§270
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, catutthā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa…pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā…pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭiviramiṃsu…pe…. Evañhi te dutiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te tatiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā …pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yepi te dutiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ samacintesuṃ ye kho te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā…pe…. Evañhi te paṭhamā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Te sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭiviramiṃsu…pe…. Evañhi te dutiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyāma. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmiseti.
「诸比库,在那里,第四类沙门婆罗门如此思量:『那些第一类沙门婆罗门对于魔所施设的那诱饵……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。那些第二类沙门婆罗门也如此思量:「那些第一类沙门婆罗门……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物和世间诱惑,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?」它们完全远离了诱饵食物和世间诱惑……(中略)……如此,那些第二类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。那些第三类沙门婆罗门也如此思量:那些第一类沙门婆罗门……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。那些第二类沙门婆罗门也如此思量:那些第一类沙门婆罗门……(中略)……如此,那些第一类沙门婆罗门未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不完全远离诱饵食物和世间诱惑,远离恐怖的享受,进入森林住处而住呢?」它们完全远离了诱饵食物和世间诱惑……(中略)……如此,那些第二类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不依靠魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑建立住处。建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物,不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,我们将不陷入骄慢,不骄慢时将不陷入放逸,不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中将不成为魔可随意处置者。』」
‘‘Te amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu. Te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise. Api ca kho evaṃdiṭṭhikā ahesuṃ sassato loko itipi…pe… neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itipi. Evañhi te tatiyāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā na parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ yattha agati mārassa ca māraparisāya ca tatrāsayaṃ kappeyāma. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmiseti.
「它们依靠魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑建立了住处。建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物。它们在那里不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,不陷入骄慢。不骄慢时不陷入放逸。不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中不成为魔可随意处置者。但是它们持有这样的见:『世间是常的』,或……(中略)……或『如来死后既非存在又非不存在』。如此,那些第三类沙门婆罗门也未能从魔的神通威力中解脱。我们何不在魔和魔众不能到达之处建立住处。建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物,不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,我们将不陷入骄慢,不骄慢时将不陷入放逸,不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中将不成为魔可随意处置者。』」
‘‘Te yattha agati mārassa ca māraparisāya ca tatrāsayaṃ kappayiṃsu. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā amuṃ nivāpaṃ nivuttaṃ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjiṃsu, te tattha ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṃ āpajjiṃsu, amattā samānā na pamādaṃ āpajjiṃsu, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā ahesuṃ mārassa amusmiṃ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise. Evañhi te, bhikkhave, catutthā samaṇabrāhmaṇā parimucciṃsu mārassa iddhānubhāvā. Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, catutthā migajātā tathūpame ahaṃ ime catutthe samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
「它们在魔和魔众不能到达之处建立了住处。建立住处后,对于魔所施设的那诱饵和那些世间诱惑不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物,它们在那里不侵入、不迷醉地食用食物时,不陷入骄慢,不骄慢时不陷入放逸,不放逸时在那诱饵和那世间诱惑中不成为魔可随意处置者。如此,诸比库,那些第四类沙门婆罗门从魔的神通威力中解脱了。诸比库,犹如那第四群鹿,我说这些第四类沙门婆罗门与之相似。」
§271
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, agati mārassa ca māraparisāya ca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato.
「诸比库,什么是魔和魔众不能到达之处?诸比库,这里,比库离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,成就初禅而住。诸比库,这称为比库使魔盲目,消灭足迹,使魔眼不见,使恶魔不能见。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「诸比库,再者,比库由于寻与伺的止息,内净,心专一性,无寻、无伺,定生喜乐,成就第二禅而住。诸比库,这称为……(中略)……使恶魔不能见。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库以喜的褪去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,那些圣者们宣说『舍、具念、乐住』的第三禅那,具足而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库以乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜忧的灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净的第四禅那,具足而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越诸色想,诸有对想的灭没,不作意诸种种想,『虚空是无边的』,具足空无边处而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越空无边处,『识是无边的』,具足识无边处而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越识无边处,『无所有』,具足无所有处而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越无所有处,具足非想非非想处而住。诸比库,这称为……魔波旬。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato tiṇṇo loke visattika’’nti.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越非想非非想处,具足想受灭而住。以慧见而他的诸漏灭尽。诸比库,这称为比库使魔盲目,破坏魔眼的足迹,到达魔波旬不能见之处,超越世间的执着。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如是说。那些比库们心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Nivāpasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 饵食经完 第五
6. Pāsarāsisuttaṃ6. 陷阱堆经
§272
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘cirassutā no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā. Sādhu mayaṃ, āvuso ānanda, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hāyasmanto yena rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo tenupasaṅkamatha; appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṃ.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。那时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,为了托钵进入沙瓦提城。那时,众多比库前往具寿阿难达那里;抵达后,对具寿阿难达这样说:「朋友阿难达,我们很久没有从世尊面前听闻法的谈论了。朋友阿难达,如果我们能从世尊面前听闻法的谈论,那就好了。」「那么,诸具寿,请前往拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处;或许你们能从世尊面前听闻法的谈论。」「是的,朋友。」那些比库回答了具寿阿难达。
Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pubbārāmo migāramātupāsādo tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena pubbārāmo migāramātupāsādo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pubbakoṭṭhako tenupasaṅkamissāma gattāni parisiñcitu’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
那时,世尊在沙瓦提城托钵行走后,食后从托钵食返回,告诉具寿阿难达:「来吧,阿难达,我们前往东园鹿母讲堂作日间住处。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难达回答了世尊。那时,世尊与具寿阿难达一起前往东园鹿母讲堂作日间住处。那时,世尊在傍晚时分从独坐中出来,告诉具寿阿难达:「来吧,阿难达,我们前往东边的浴池去洗浴肢体。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难达回答了世尊。
§273
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena pubbakoṭṭhako tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṃ. Pubbakoṭṭhake gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsi gattāni pubbāpayamāno. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo avidūre. Ramaṇīyo, bhante, rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo; pāsādiko, bhante, rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
那时,世尊与具寿阿难达一起前往东边的浴池去洗浴肢体。在东边的浴池洗浴肢体后,上岸,穿着一件衣站立着,使肢体干燥。那时,具寿阿难达对世尊这样说:「尊者,这拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处不远。尊者,拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处令人愉悦;尊者,拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处悦意。尊者,如果世尊前往拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处,出于怜悯,那就好了。」世尊以沉默同意了。
Atha kho bhagavā yena rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamo tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assame dhammiyā kathāya sannisinnā honti. Atha kho bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā kathāpariyosānaṃ viditvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesi. Vivariṃsu kho te bhikkhū bhagavato dvāraṃ. Atha kho bhagavā rammakassa brāhmaṇassa assamaṃ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāyanuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā? Kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti ? ‘‘Bhagavantameva kho no, bhante, ārabbha dhammī kathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Etaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kulaputtānaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ yaṃ tumhe dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdeyyātha. Sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ – dhammī vā kathā, ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’.
那时,世尊前往拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处。当时,众多比库正在拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处坐着进行法的谈论。那时,世尊站在门外的门廊,等待谈话结束。那时,世尊知道谈话结束后,咳嗽了一声并敲门闩。那些比库为世尊打开了门。那时,世尊进入拉马咖婆罗门的隐居处后,在已设的座位上坐下。坐下后,世尊告诉比库们:「比库们,你们现在坐着进行什么谈话?你们中断的谈话是什么?」「尊者,我们中断的正是关于世尊的法的谈论,然后世尊到了。」「很好,比库们!比库们,这对你们这些出于信从家出家成为非家的善男子是适当的,即你们应该坐着进行法的谈论。比库们,你们聚集时应做两件事:法的谈论,或圣者的沉默。」
§274
‘‘Dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanā – ariyā ca pariyesanā, anariyā ca pariyesanā.
「比库们,有这两种寻求:圣的寻求和非圣的寻求。
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, anariyā pariyesanā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「比库们,什么是非圣的寻求?比库们,这里,某人自己是生法,却寻求生法;自己是老法,却寻求老法;自己是病法,却寻求病法;自己是死法,却寻求死法;自己是愁法,却寻求愁法;自己是杂染法,却寻求杂染法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, jātidhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, jātidhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ jātidhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ jātidhammaṃ, kukkuṭasūkaraṃ jātidhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ jātidhammaṃ, jātarūparajataṃ jātidhammaṃ. Jātidhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「比库们,你们说什么是生法?比库们,妻子儿女是生法,奴婢是生法,山羊绵羊是生法,鸡猪是生法,象牛马骡是生法,金银是生法。比库们,这些依着是生法。这个人被束缚、迷醉、耽溺于此,自己是生法,却寻求生法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, jarādhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, jarādhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ jarādhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ jarādhammaṃ, kukkuṭasūkaraṃ jarādhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ jarādhammaṃ , jātarūparajataṃ jarādhammaṃ. Jarādhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「比库们,你们说什么是老法?比库们,妻子儿女是老法,奴婢是老法,山羊绵羊是老法,鸡猪是老法,象牛马骡是老法,金银是老法。比库们,这些依着是老法。这个人被束缚、迷醉、耽溺于此,自己是老法,却寻求老法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, byādhidhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, byādhidhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ byādhidhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ byādhidhammaṃ, kukkuṭasūkaraṃ byādhidhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ byādhidhammaṃ. Byādhidhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「诸比库,什么称为病法呢?诸比库,妻儿是病法,奴婢是病法,山羊绵羊是病法,鸡猪是病法,象牛马骡是病法。诸比库,这些依着是病法。此人被这些束缚、迷醉、陷入,自己是病法者,却寻求病法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, maraṇadhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, maraṇadhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ maraṇadhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ maraṇadhammaṃ, kukkuṭasūkaraṃ maraṇadhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ maraṇadhammaṃ. Maraṇadhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「诸比库,什么称为死法呢?诸比库,妻儿是死法,奴婢是死法,山羊绵羊是死法,鸡猪是死法,象牛马骡是死法。诸比库,这些依着是死法。此人被这些束缚、迷醉、陷入,自己是死法者,却寻求死法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, sokadhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, sokadhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ sokadhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ sokadhammaṃ, kukkuṭasūkaraṃ sokadhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ sokadhammaṃ. Sokadhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhammaṃyeva pariyesati.
「诸比库,什么称为愁法呢?诸比库,妻儿是愁法,奴婢是愁法,山羊绵羊是愁法,鸡猪是愁法,象牛马骡是愁法。诸比库,这些依着是愁法。此人被这些束缚、迷醉、陷入,自己是愁法者,却寻求愁法。
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, saṃkilesadhammaṃ vadetha? Puttabhariyaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃkilesadhammaṃ, dāsidāsaṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ, ajeḷakaṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ , kukkuṭasūkaraṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ, hatthigavāssavaḷavaṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ, jātarūparajataṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ. Saṃkilesadhammā hete, bhikkhave, upadhayo. Etthāyaṃ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhammaṃyeva pariyesati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, anariyā pariyesanā.
「诸比库,什么称为杂染法呢?诸比库,妻儿是杂染法,奴婢是杂染法,山羊绵羊是杂染法,鸡猪是杂染法,象牛马骡是杂染法,金银是杂染法。诸比库,这些依着是杂染法。此人被这些束缚、迷醉、陷入,自己是杂染法者,却寻求杂染法。诸比库,这是非圣的寻求。
§275
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā abyādhiṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā amataṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asokaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanā.
「诸比库,什么是圣的寻求呢?诸比库,于此,某人自己是生法者,了知生法的过患后,寻求无生、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是老法者,了知老法的过患后,寻求无老、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是病法者,了知病法的过患后,寻求无病、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是死法者,了知死法的过患后,寻求不死、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是愁法者,了知愁法的过患后,寻求无愁、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是杂染法者,了知杂染法的过患后,寻求无杂染、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃。诸比库,这是圣的寻求。
§276
‘‘Ahampi sudaṃ, bhikkhave, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi, attanā jarādhammo samāno…pe… byādhidhammo samāno… maraṇadhammo samāno… sokadhammo samāno… attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhammaṃyeva pariyesāmi? Yaṃnūnāhaṃ attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyyaṃ, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyyaṃ, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā abyādhiṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyyaṃ, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā amataṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyyaṃ, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asokaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyyaṃ, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyeseyya’nti.
「诸比库,我在正觉之前,还未正觉,还是菩萨时,自己是生法者,却寻求生法;自己是老法者,却寻求老法;自己是病法者,却寻求病法;自己是死法者,却寻求死法;自己是愁法者,却寻求愁法;自己是杂染法者,却寻求杂染法。诸比库,我这样想:『为何我自己是生法者,却寻求生法;自己是老法者……自己是病法者……自己是死法者……自己是愁法者……自己是杂染法者,却寻求杂染法呢?我何不自己是生法者,了知生法的过患后,寻求无生、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是老法者,了知老法的过患后,寻求无老、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是病法者,了知病法的过患后,寻求无病、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是死法者,了知死法的过患后,寻求不死、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是愁法者,了知愁法的过患后,寻求无愁、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;自己是杂染法者,了知杂染法的过患后,寻求无杂染、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃呢?』
§277
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena daharova samāno susukāḷakeso , bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajiṃ. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno kiṃ kusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā; tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi ahañceva aññe ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti; addhā āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharatī’ti.
「诸比库,其后某时,我还年轻,黑发的青年,具足青春的幸福,正当壮年,虽然不愿意的父母泪流满面、哭泣,我剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从家出家成为非家。我如此出家后,寻求什么是善,寻求无上寂静安稳之境,前往阿喇喇·咖喇马处。到达后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说:『朋友咖喇马,我想在此法律中行梵行。』诸比库,如此说后,阿喇喇·咖喇马对我这样说:『具寿请住!此法是这样的:有智慧者不久即能以自己的证智实现、进入、住于自己导师的境界。』诸比库,我不久即很快地学得那个法。诸比库,我仅以唇语、仅以复诵的程度,即说智说、长老说,并且自称『我知、我见』,我和其他人都如此。诸比库,我这样想:『阿喇喇·咖喇马不只是以信的程度宣说「以自己的证智实现、进入、住于此法」;阿喇喇·咖喇马确实是知、见而住于此法。』
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti ? Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi vīriyaṃ, mayhaṃpatthi vīriyaṃ; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi sati, mayhaṃpatthi sati; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi samādhi, mayhaṃpatthi samādhi; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ āḷāro kālāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti, tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ.
「诸比库,于是我前往阿喇喇·咖喇马处;到达后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说:『朋友咖喇马,你宣说以自己的证智实现、进入、住于此法,是到什么程度呢?』诸比库,如此说后,阿喇喇·咖喇马宣说无所有处。诸比库,我这样想:『不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有信,我也有信;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有精进,我也有精进;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有念,我也有念;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有定,我也有定;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有慧,我也有慧。我何不努力实现阿喇喇·咖喇马宣说以自己的证智实现、进入、住于的那个法呢?』诸比库,我不久即很快地以自己的证智实现、进入、住于那个法。
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ –
「诸比库,那时我前往阿喇喇·咖喇马处;抵达后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说——
‘Ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?
『贤友咖喇马,你自己以证智作证、具足而住,宣说此法到什么程度呢?』
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.
『贤友,我自己以证智作证、具足而住,宣说此法到无所有处的程度。』
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.
『贤友,我也自己以证智作证、具足而住此法到这个程度。』
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi. Yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi, yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi. Iti yādiso ahaṃ tādiso tuvaṃ, yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso ahaṃ. Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharāmā’ti. Iti kho, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno (attano) antevāsiṃ maṃ samānaṃ attanā samasamaṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva ākiñcaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.
『贤友,我们获得了,贤友,我们善得了,我们得见具寿这样的同梵行者。如此,我自己以证智作证、具足而住所宣说的法,你自己以证智作证、具足而住那法。你自己以证智作证、具足而住的法,我自己以证智作证、具足而住宣说那法。如此,我所知的法,你知那法;你所知的法,我知那法。如此,我是怎样的,你也是那样的;你是怎样的,我也是那样的。来吧,贤友,现在我们两人一起来领导这个团体。』如此,诸比库,阿喇喇·咖喇马是我的老师,却把我这个弟子置于与他自己同等的地位,并以极高的敬礼来敬礼我。诸比库,我这样想:『此法不导向厌离、不导向离贪、不导向灭、不导向寂止、不导向证智、不导向正觉、不导向涅槃,只导向生于无所有处。』诸比库,我不满意那法,厌离那法而离去。
§278
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃ kusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso , imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, udako rāmaputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā; tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi ahañceva aññe ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesi; addhā rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ vihāsī’ti.
「诸比库,我寻求什么是善,寻求无上寂静安稳之境,前往伍达咖·喇嘛子处;抵达后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说:『贤友,我想在此法与律中行梵行。』诸比库,如是所说时,伍达咖·喇嘛子对我这样说:『具寿请住下;此法是这样的:有智慧者不久即能自己以证智作证、具足而住自己老师的教法。』诸比库,我不久即很快地学得那法。诸比库,我仅以唇诵、仅以复诵的程度,即说智之说与长老之说,并且我和其他人都宣称『我知、我见』。诸比库,我这样想:『喇嘛宣说自己以证智作证、具足而住此法,不只是仅凭信而已;确实喇嘛是知、是见而住此法的。』
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, udako rāmaputto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmasseva ahosi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho rāmasseva ahosi vīriyaṃ , mayhaṃpatthi vīriyaṃ; na kho rāmasseva ahosi sati, mayhaṃpatthi sati; na kho rāmasseva ahosi samādhi, mayhaṃpatthi samādhi, na kho rāmasseva ahosi paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesi, tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ.
「诸比库,那时我前往伍达咖·喇嘛子处;抵达后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说:『贤友,喇嘛自己以证智作证、具足而住,宣说此法到什么程度呢?』诸比库,如是所说时,伍达咖·喇嘛子宣说非想非非想处。诸比库,我这样想:『不只喇嘛有信,我也有信;不只喇嘛有精进,我也有精进;不只喇嘛有念,我也有念;不只喇嘛有定,我也有定;不只喇嘛有慧,我也有慧。让我努力作证喇嘛宣说自己以证智作证、具足而住的那法。』诸比库,我不久即很快地自己以证智作证、具足而住那法。
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ –
「诸比库,那时我前往伍达咖·喇嘛子处;抵达后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说——
‘Ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti?
「贤友,拉玛就是到这个程度,自己以证智作证、达到这个法后而宣说吗?」
‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti.
「贤友,拉玛就是到这个程度,自己以证智作证、达到这个法后而宣说。」
‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti.
「贤友,我也到这个程度,自己以证智作证、达到这个法后而住。」
‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi, taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi. Yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi, taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi, yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi, taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi. Iti yādiso rāmo ahosi tādiso tuvaṃ, yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso rāmo ahosi. Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṃ imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharā’ti . Iti kho, bhikkhave , udako rāmaputto sabrahmacārī me samāno ācariyaṭṭhāne maṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.
「贤友,我们获得利益,贤友,我们善得利益,我们得见像具寿这样的同梵行者。如此,拉玛自己以证智作证、达到后而宣说的法,你自己以证智作证、达到后而住。你自己以证智作证、达到后而住的法,拉玛自己以证智作证、达到后而宣说。如此,拉玛所证知的法,你知道;你所知道的法,拉玛证知。如此,拉玛是怎样的,你就是怎样的;你是怎样的,拉玛就是怎样的。来吧,贤友,现在你来领导这个团体。」如此,诸比库,伍达咖·拉玛子作为我的同梵行者,把我安置在导师的地位,并以极高的供养来供养我。诸比库,我这样想:「这个法不导向厌离、不导向离贪、不导向灭、不导向寂止、不导向证智、不导向正觉、不导向涅槃,只是导向生于非想非非想处。」诸比库,我不满意那个法,对那个法感到厌离而离去。
§279
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃ kusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṃ. Tatthaddasaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ, pāsādikañca vanasaṇḍaṃ, nadiñca sandantiṃ setakaṃ supatitthaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, samantā ca gocaragāmaṃ . Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘ramaṇīyo vata, bho, bhūmibhāgo, pāsādiko ca vanasaṇḍo, nadī ca sandati setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā, samantā ca gocaragāmo. Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, tattheva nisīdiṃ – alamidaṃ padhānāyāti.
「诸比库,我寻求善,寻找无上寂静安稳之处,在马嘎塔国逐步游行,到达伍卢韦喇的些那尼嘎玛。在那里,我看见一块令人愉悦的土地,令人喜悦的树林,有一条清澈的河流,有美好的渡口,令人愉悦,周围有供养的村落。诸比库,我这样想:「确实令人愉悦的土地,令人喜悦的树林,河流清澈,有美好的渡口,令人愉悦,周围有供养的村落。这确实适合善男子为了精勤而精勤。」诸比库,我就在那里坐下:「这适合精勤。」
§280
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamāno ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamāno ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā abyādhiṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamāno abyādhiṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā amataṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asokaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamāno asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – ‘akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti.
「诸比库,我自己有生法,了知生法的过患后,寻找无生、无上离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无生、无上离轭安稳的涅槃;我自己有老法,了知老法的过患后,寻找无老、无上离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无老、无上离轭安稳的涅槃;我自己有病法,了知病法的过患后,寻找无病、无上离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无病、无上离轭安稳的涅槃;我自己有死法,了知死法的过患后,证得了不死、无上离轭安稳的涅槃;我自己有愁法,了知愁法的过患后,证得了无愁、无上离轭安稳的涅槃;我自己有染污法,了知染污法的过患后,寻找无染、无上离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无染、无上离轭安稳的涅槃。智与见在我心中生起:「我的解脱不可动摇,这是最后的生,现在不再有后有。」
§281
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ – idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppādo. Idampi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ yadidaṃ – sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, bhikkhave, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
「诸比库,我这样想:「我所证得的这个法甚深、难见、难觉、寂静、殊胜、超越思维、微妙、智者所体验。然而这个众生喜欢住处、乐于住处、欢喜住处。对于喜欢住处、乐于住处、欢喜住处的众生,这个处所难以看见,即:此缘性、缘起。这个处所也难以看见,即:一切行的止息、一切依的舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。如果我宣说法,而其他人不了解我,那对我来说是疲劳,那对我来说是困扰。」诸比库,这些未曾听闻过的稀有偈颂在我心中出现:
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
「我艰难地证得,现在何必宣说;
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
被贪、嗔所困者,此法不易正觉。
‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
「逆流而行、微妙、深奥、难见、细微,
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’’’ti .
染于贪欲者不能见,被无明之聚所覆盖。」
§282
‘‘Itiha me, bhikkhave, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāya. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmuno sahampatissa mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi – ‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati , no dhammadesanāyā’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yenāhaṃ tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti. Bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’ti. Idamavoca, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati. Idaṃ vatvā athāparaṃ etadavoca –
「诸比库,如此我省察时,我心倾向于无为,不倾向于说法。诸比库,那时,梵天娑婆主以心了知我的心中所思,如是想:『世间确实将毁灭,世间确实将灭亡,因为如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的心倾向于无为,不倾向于说法。』诸比库,那时,梵天娑婆主——犹如有力之人伸屈曲之臂,或屈曲伸展之臂——如是从梵天界消失,出现在我面前。诸比库,那时,梵天娑婆主偏袒一肩上衣,向我合掌,对我如是说:『尊者,请世尊说法!请善逝说法!有诸有情少尘垢者,因不闻法而衰退。将有法的了知者。』诸比库,梵天娑婆主说了此。说了此之后,又如是说——
‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe,
「往昔于马嘎达出现,
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
须跋之法,由有垢者所思惟;
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ,
请开启此不死之门,
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
令听闻由无垢者所正觉之法。」
‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito,
「犹如立于山顶岩石上,
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
如同能见周围一切人群;
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha,
如是,具慧者登上法所成的,
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
宫殿,具一切眼,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko,
无忧者应观察被忧所淹没的人群,
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
被生老所征服者。
‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma,
「起来吧,英雄,战胜者,
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
商队主,无债者,游行于世间;
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ,
「世尊请说法,
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’’ti.
将会有了知者。」
§283
‘‘Atha kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesiṃ. Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; evameva kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasaṃ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsiṃ –
「诸比库,那时我知道梵天的请求,并且出于对众生的悲悯,以佛眼观察世间。诸比库,我以佛眼观察世间时,看见众生少垢者、多垢者,利根者、钝根者,善相者、恶相者,易教化者、难教化者,一些住于见来世罪与怖畏者,一些不住于见来世罪与怖畏者。犹如在青莲池、红莲池或白莲池中,一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中、没入水中,沉没于水中而滋养;一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中、没入水中,立于与水面齐平处;一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中,出离水面而立,不为水所染污。同样地,诸比库,我以佛眼观察世间时,看见众生少垢者、多垢者,利根者、钝根者,善相者、恶相者,易教化者、难教化者,一些住于见来世罪与怖畏者,一些不住于见来世罪与怖畏者。诸比库,那时我以偈颂回答娑婆主梵天——
‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā,
「甘露之门已为他们打开,
Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;
有耳者请舍弃信心;
Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ,
觉知损害,我未说精妙之法,
Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’’ti.
梵天,人中之殊胜法。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati ‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’ti maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
「诸比库,那时娑婆主梵天『我已为世尊说法获得机会』,礼敬我,作右绕后,就在那里消失了。
§284
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ. So imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti. Atha kho maṃ, bhikkhave, devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo’ti. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – ‘sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo. Sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’ti.
「诸比库,我这样想:『我应该首先向谁说法?谁能迅速了知此法?』诸比库,我这样想:『这位阿喇喇·咖喇玛是贤智者、聪慧者、有智慧者,长久以来少尘垢性。让我首先向阿喇喇·咖喇玛说法。他将迅速了知此法。』诸比库,那时,天人来到我处,对我说:『尊者,阿喇喇·咖喇玛已于七日前命终。』而我的智与见生起:『阿喇喇·咖喇玛已于七日前命终。』诸比库,我这样想:『阿喇喇·咖喇玛是大损失者。如果他听闻此法,他将迅速了知。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ. So imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti. Atha kho maṃ, bhikkhave, devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto’ti. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – ‘abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto. Sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya , khippameva ājāneyyā’ti.
「诸比库,我这样想:『我应该首先向谁说法?谁能迅速了知此法?』诸比库,我这样想:『这位伍达咖·喇玛子是贤智者、聪慧者、有智慧者,长久以来少尘垢性。让我首先向伍达咖·喇玛子说法。他将迅速了知此法。』诸比库,那时,天人来到我处,对我说:『尊者,伍达咖·喇玛子已于昨夜命终。』而我的智与见生起:『伍达咖·喇玛子已于昨夜命终。』诸比库,我这样想:『伍达咖·喇玛子是大损失者。如果他听闻此法,他将迅速了知。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ , bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ; ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’ti? Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante isipatane migadāye. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkamiṃ .
「诸比库,我这样想:『我应该首先向谁说法?谁能迅速了知此法?』诸比库,我这样想:『五群比库对我有大恩德,他们在我精勤努力时须跋我。让我首先向五群比库说法。』诸比库,我这样想:『五群比库现在住在何处?』诸比库,我以清净、超越人的天眼,看见五群比库住在巴拉纳西的仙人堕处鹿野苑。诸比库,那时,我在伍卢韦喇随意住后,向巴拉纳西出发游行。」
§285
‘‘Addasā kho maṃ, bhikkhave, upako ājīvako antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṃ. Disvāna maṃ etadavoca – ‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto! Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’ti ? Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, upakaṃ ājīvakaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsiṃ –
「诸比库,游方者伍巴咖在嘎亚与菩提之间的道路上看见正在行走的我。看见后,对我说:『贤友,你的诸根清净,肤色清净、皎洁!贤友,你依止谁而出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?』诸比库,如此说时,我以偈颂回答游方者伍巴咖:」
‘Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi, sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;
「『我是一切胜者、一切知者,于一切法无染;」
Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto, sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.
「舍断一切、于渴爱尽而解脱,自己证知,我应指谁?」
‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;
「我无导师,无与我相似者;」
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo.
「于含天的世间,无与我匹敌者。」
‘Ahañhi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro;
「我确实是世间的阿拉汉,我是无上的导师;
Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.
我是唯一的正等正觉者,我已清凉、已涅槃。
‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, gacchāmi kāsinaṃ puraṃ;
为了转法轮,我前往咖西城;
Andhībhūtasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, āhañchaṃ amatadundubhi’nti.
在已成盲的世间,我将击甘露鼓。」
‘Yathā kho tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajino’ti!
「贤友,如你所宣称的,你应是无边的胜利者!」
‘Mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;
「像我这样的人确实是胜利者,他们已达到诸漏尽;
Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhamupaka jino’ti.
诸恶法已被我战胜,因此,伍巴咖,我是胜利者。」
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi.
「诸比库,如是所说时,游方者伍巴咖说:『但愿如此,贤友』,摇头后,取了岔路离去。」
§286
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṃ migadāyo yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Addasaṃsu kho maṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū dūrato āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna aññamaññaṃ saṇṭhapesuṃ – ‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo; nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī’ti. Yathā yathā kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, upasaṅkamiṃ tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṃ. Appekacce maṃ paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesuṃ, appekacce āsanaṃ paññapesuṃ, appekacce pādodakaṃ upaṭṭhapesuṃ. Api ca kho maṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti.
「诸比库,那时我逐步游行,前往巴拉纳西仙人堕处鹿野苑,去到五群比库那里。诸比库,五群比库从远处看见我走来。看见后,他们彼此约定:『贤友们,这位沙门果德玛来了,他是放逸者,已从精勤退失,已回到放逸。他既不应被礼敬,也不应被起迎;也不应接受他的钵与衣。但是应该放置座位,如果他想要,他将会坐下。』诸比库,然而当我走近时,五群比库无法坚守他们自己的约定。有些人前来迎接我并接受钵与衣,有些人铺设座位,有些人准备洗足水。但是他们以名字和『贤友』的称呼来对待我。」
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṃ – ‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha . Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho . Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’nti? Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṃ – ‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya . Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’nti? Dutiyampi kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṃ – ‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko…pe… upasampajja viharissathā’ti. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamā uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’nti?
「诸比库,如此说时,我对五群比库这样说:『诸比库,不要以名字和「贤友」的称呼来对待如来。诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾耳听,已证得不死,我教诫,我说法。如所教导而行道者,不久即能在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足并住于那无上的梵行终极——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家——即「我的解脱不可动摇,这是最后生,现在不再有后有」。』诸比库,如此说时,五群比库对我这样说:『贤友果德玛,即使以那种行仪、那种行道、那种苦行,你也未曾证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,那么现在你放逸,已从精勤退失,已回到放逸,如何能证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见呢?』诸比库,如此说时,我对五群比库这样说:『诸比库,如来不是放逸者,未从精勤退失,未回到放逸。诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾耳听,已证得不死,我教诫,我说法。如所教导而行道者,不久即能在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足并住于那无上的梵行终极——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家。』诸比库,五群比库第二次对我这样说:『贤友果德玛,即使以那种行仪、那种行道、那种苦行,你也未曾证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,那么现在你放逸,已从精勤退失,已回到放逸,如何能证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见呢?』诸比库,我第二次对五群比库这样说:『诸比库,如来不是放逸者……(中略)……具足并住。』诸比库,五群比库第三次对我这样说:『贤友果德玛,即使以那种行仪、那种行道、那种苦行,你也未曾证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,那么现在你放逸,已从精勤退失,已回到放逸,如何能证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见呢?』」
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṃ – ‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ pabhāvitameta’nti ? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.
「诸比库,如此说时,我对五群比库这样说:『诸比库,你们是否记得我以前曾这样说过?』『尊者,不曾。』『诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾耳听,已证得不死,我教诫,我说法。如所教导而行道者,不久即能在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足并住于那无上的梵行终极——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家。』」
‘‘Asakkhiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. Dvepi sudaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ovadāmi, tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caranti. Yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. Tayopi sudaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ovadāmi, dve bhikkhū piṇḍāya caranti. Yaṃ dve bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. Atha kho, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū mayā evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā attanā jātidhammā samānā jātidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamānā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃsu, attanā jarādhammā samānā jarādhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamānā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃsu, attanā byādhidhammā samānā…pe… attanā maraṇadhammā samānā… attanā sokadhammā samānā… attanā saṃkilesadhammā samānā saṃkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesamānā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃsu. Ñāṇañca pana nesaṃ dassanaṃ udapādi – ‘akuppā no vimutti , ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti.
「诸比库,我能够说服五群比库。诸比库,我教诫其中两位比库,三位比库去行乞食。三位比库行乞食后带回来的,我们六人以此维生。诸比库,我教诫其中三位比库,两位比库去行乞食。两位比库行乞食后带回来的,我们六人以此维生。诸比库,那时五群比库被我如此教诫、如此教导,他们自己虽然有生法,了知生法的过患,寻求无生、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无生、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;他们自己虽然有老法,了知老法的过患,寻求无老、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无老、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃;他们自己虽然有病法……(中略)……他们自己虽然有死法……他们自己虽然有愁法……他们自己虽然有杂染法,了知杂染法的过患,寻求无染、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃,证得了无染、无上、离轭安稳的涅槃。他们生起了智与见:『我们的解脱不可动摇,这是最后生,现在不再有后有。』」
§287
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā. Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime pañca kāmaguṇe gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti, te evamassu veditabbā – ‘anayamāpannā byasanamāpannā yathākāmakaraṇīyā pāpimato’ . ‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññako mago baddho pāsarāsiṃ adhisayeyya. So evamassa veditabbo – anayamāpanno byasanamāpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo luddassa. Āgacchante ca pana ludde yena kāmaṃ na pakkamissatī’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime pañca kāmaguṇe gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti, te evamassu veditabbā – ‘anayamāpannā byasanamāpannā yathākāmakaraṇīyā pāpimato’. Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime pañca kāmaguṇe agathitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti, te evamassu veditabbā – ‘na anayamāpannā na byasanamāpannā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā pāpimato’.
「诸比库,有这五种欲功德。哪五种?眼所识的色,可爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱形相的、伴随欲的、能引起染著的;耳所识的声……(中略)……鼻所识的香……舌所识的味……身所识的触,可爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱形相的、伴随欲的、能引起染著的。诸比库,这些是五种欲功德。诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,对这五种欲功德被缚、被迷、陷入、不见过患、无出离慧而受用,他们应当被如此了知:『已陷入灾难,已陷入不幸,魔可随意处置。』诸比库,譬如林野的鹿被缚,躺在罗网堆上。他应当被如此了知:『已陷入灾难,已陷入不幸,猎人可随意处置。当猎人来时,他无法随意离去。』同样地,诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,对这五种欲功德被缚、被迷、陷入、不见过患、无出离慧而受用,他们应当被如此了知:『已陷入灾难,已陷入不幸,魔可随意处置。』诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,对这五种欲功德不被缚、不被迷、未陷入、见过患、有出离慧而受用,他们应当被如此了知:『未陷入灾难,未陷入不幸,魔不可随意处置。』」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, āraññako mago abaddho pāsarāsiṃ adhisayeyya. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘na anayamāpanno na byasanamāpanno na yathākāmakaraṇīyo luddassa. Āgacchante ca pana ludde yena kāmaṃ pakkamissatī’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime pañca kāmaguṇe agathitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti, te evamassu veditabbā – ‘na anayamāpannā na byasanamāpannā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā pāpimato’.
「诸比库,譬如林野的鹿未被缚,躺在罗网堆上。他应当被如此了知:『未陷入灾难,未陷入不幸,猎人不可随意处置。当猎人来时,他能随意离去。』同样地,诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,对这五种欲功德不被缚、不被迷、未陷入、见过患、有出离慧而受用,他们应当被如此了知:『未陷入灾难,未陷入不幸,魔不可随意处置。』」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññako mago araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato.
「诸比库,譬如林野的鹿在林野、森林中游行,有信心地行走,有信心地站立,有信心地坐下,有信心地卧睡。那是什么原因?诸比库,因为已到达猎人不能及之处。同样地,诸比库,比库离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,具足初禅而住。诸比库,这称为比库使魔盲目,消除足迹,破坏魔眼,到达魔不能见之处。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「诸比库,再者,比库由于寻、伺的止息,内净,心成一境,无寻、无伺,定生喜乐,具足第二禅而住。诸比库,这称为……(中略)……魔不能见之处。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库以喜的离去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,正如圣者们所宣说的『舍、具念、乐住』,他证入第三禅那而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库以乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,他证入第四禅那而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越一切色想,灭没有对想,不作意种种想,『虚空无边』,他证入虚空无边处而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越一切虚空无边处,『识无边』,他证入识无边处而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越一切识无边处,『无所有』,他证入无所有处而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave…pe… pāpimato.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越一切无所有处,他证入非想非非想处而住。诸比库,这称为……[省略]……魔波旬。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato. Tiṇṇo loke visattikaṃ vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, pāpimato’’ti.
「再者,诸比库,比库完全超越一切非想非非想处,他证入想受灭而住,以慧见,他的诸漏已尽。诸比库,这称为比库使魔盲目、无足迹,破坏魔眼,到达魔波旬看不见之处。他已超越世间的执着,有信心地行,有信心地站,有信心地坐,有信心地卧。那是什么原因?诸比库,他已到达魔波旬的境界之外。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如是说。那些比库们心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Pāsarāsisuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 巴萨拉西经完 第六
7. Cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ7. 小象迹喻经
§288
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo sabbasetena vaḷavābhirathena sāvatthiyā niyyāti divādivassa. Addasā kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo pilotikaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna pilotikaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。尔时,佳奴索尼婆罗门以纯白的马车从沙瓦提城出发,于日中时分。佳奴索尼婆罗门看见毕罗提咖游方者从远处走来。看见后,佳奴索尼婆罗门对毕罗提咖游方者如此说——
‘‘Handa, kuto nu bhavaṃ vacchāyano āgacchati divādivassā’’ti?
「来吧,尊者瓦恰亚那从何处于日中时分而来?」
‘‘Ito hi kho ahaṃ , bho, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti.
「尊者,我从这里来,从沙门果德玛处。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññati, bhavaṃ vacchāyano, samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ?
「尊者瓦恰亚那认为如何,沙门果德玛的慧辩才?
‘‘Paṇḍito maññe’’ti.
「我认为是贤智者。」
‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmi! Sopi nūnassa tādisova yo samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyā’’ti.
「尊者,我是谁,我如何能知沙门果德玛的慧辩才!那位能知沙门果德玛慧辩才者,他也必定是如此之人。」
‘‘Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī’’ti.
「尊者瓦恰亚那确实以崇高的赞叹来赞叹沙门果德玛。」
‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsissāmi?
「尊者,我是谁,我如何能赞叹沙门果德玛?」
‘‘Pasatthapasatthova so bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti.
「那位果德玛尊者确实值得称赞,是天人中的最胜者。」
‘‘Kaṃ pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano atthavasaṃ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṃ abhippasanno’’ti ?
「那么瓦恰亚那尊者见到什么义利,而对沙门果德玛如此净信呢?」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, kusalo nāgavaniko nāgavanaṃ paviseyya. So passeyya nāgavane mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ, dīghato ca āyataṃ, tiriyañca vitthataṃ. So niṭṭhaṃ gaccheyya – ‘mahā vata, bho, nāgo’ti. Evameva kho ahaṃ, bho, yato addasaṃ samaṇe gotame cattāri padāni athāhaṃ niṭṭhamagamaṃ – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「尊者,譬如善巧的象迹者进入象林。他在象林中看见一个巨大的象足迹,长度延伸,宽度展开。他得出结论:『尊者,这确实是大象!』同样地,尊者,当我在沙门果德玛那里看见四个足迹时,我得出结论:『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说的法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。』
§289
‘‘Katamāni cattāri? Idhāhaṃ, bho, passāmi ekacce khattiyapaṇḍite nipuṇe kataparappavāde vālavedhirūpe, te bhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni. Te suṇanti – ‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo amukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā osarissatī’ti. Te pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharonti – ‘imaṃ mayaṃ pañhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. Evaṃ ce no puṭṭho evaṃ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṃ vādaṃ āropessāma. Evaṃ cepi no puṭṭho evaṃ byākarissati, evampissa mayaṃ vādaṃ āropessāmā’ti. Te suṇanti – ‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo amukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā osaṭo’ti. Te yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkamanti. Te samaṇo gotamo dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā na ceva samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṃ āropessanti? Aññadatthu samaṇasseva gotamassa sāvakā sampajjanti. Yadāhaṃ, bho, samaṇe gotame imaṃ paṭhamaṃ padaṃ addasaṃ athāhaṃ niṭṭhamagamaṃ – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「哪四个呢?尊者,在此我看见某些刹帝利贤者,精明、善于他论、如毛端分裂者,他们以慧行走,破斥诸见。他们听说:『尊者,沙门果德玛将到达某村或某镇。』他们准备问题:『我们去见沙门果德玛后将问这个问题。如果他被如此问而如此回答,我们将如此对他提出论难。如果他被如此问而如此回答,我们也将如此对他提出论难。』他们听说:『尊者,沙门果德玛已到达某村或某镇。』他们前往沙门果德玛处。沙门果德玛以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜。他们被沙门果德玛以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,既不问沙门果德玛问题,何况对他提出论难?反而成为沙门果德玛的弟子。尊者,当我在沙门果德玛那里看见这第一个足迹时,我得出结论:『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说的法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。』
‘‘Puna caparāhaṃ, bho, passāmi idhekacce brāhmaṇapaṇḍite…pe… gahapatipaṇḍite…pe… samaṇapaṇḍite nipuṇe kataparappavāde vālavedhirūpe te bhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni. Te suṇanti – ‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo amukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā osarissatī’ti. Te pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharonti ‘imaṃ mayaṃ pañhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. Evaṃ ce no puṭṭho evaṃ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṃ vādaṃ āropessāma. Evaṃ cepi no puṭṭho evaṃ byākarissati, evaṃpissa mayaṃ vādaṃ āropessāmā’ti. Te suṇanti ‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo amukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā osaṭo’ti. Te yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkamanti. Te samaṇo gotamo dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā na ceva samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṃ āropessanti? Aññadatthu samaṇaṃyeva gotamaṃ okāsaṃ yācanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. Te samaṇo gotamo pabbājeti . Te tattha pabbajitā samānā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘manaṃ vata, bho, anassāma, manaṃ vata, bho, panassāma; mayañhi pubbe assamaṇāva samānā samaṇamhāti paṭijānimha, abrāhmaṇāva samānā brāhmaṇamhāti paṭijānimha, anarahantova samānā arahantamhāti paṭijānimha. Idāni khomha samaṇā, idāni khomha brāhmaṇā, idāni khomha arahanto’ti. Yadāhaṃ, bho, samaṇe gotame imaṃ catutthaṃ padaṃ addasaṃ athāhaṃ niṭṭhamagamaṃ – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’’ti.
「尊者,再者,我在此看见某些婆罗门贤者……居士贤者……沙门贤者,精明、善于他论、如毛端分裂者,他们以慧行走,破斥诸见。他们听说:『尊者,沙门果德玛将到达某村或某镇。』他们准备问题:『我们去见沙门果德玛后将问这个问题。如果他被如此问而如此回答,我们将如此对他提出论难。如果他被如此问而如此回答,我们也将如此对他提出论难。』他们听说:『尊者,沙门果德玛已到达某村或某镇。』他们前往沙门果德玛处。沙门果德玛以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜。他们被沙门果德玛以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,既不问沙门果德玛问题,何况对他提出论难?反而向沙门果德玛请求出家的机会,从在家出家成为非家。沙门果德玛使他们出家。他们在那里出家后,独居、不放逸、热诚、自励而住,不久,为了那个目的,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家,那无上的梵行终极,在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足后而住。他们如此说:『尊者,我们确实差点毁灭,尊者,我们确实差点毁灭!因为我们以前不是沙门却自称是沙门,不是婆罗门却自称是婆罗门,不是阿拉汉却自称是阿拉汉。现在我们是沙门,现在我们是婆罗门,现在我们是阿拉汉。』尊者,当我在沙门果德玛那里看见这第四个足迹时,我得出结论:『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说的法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。』
‘‘Yato kho ahaṃ, bho, samaṇe gotame imāni cattāri padāni addasaṃ athāhaṃ niṭṭhamagamaṃ – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’’ti.
「尊者,当我在沙门果德玛那里看见这四个足迹时,我得出结论:『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说的法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。』」
§290
Evaṃ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo sabbasetā vaḷavābhirathā orohitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa; namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa; namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṃ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti! Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho, brāhmaṇa, ettāvatā hatthipadopamo vitthārena paripūro hoti. Api ca, brāhmaṇa, yathā hatthipadopamo vitthārena paripūro hoti taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是说时,佳奴索尼婆罗门从全白的瓦喇瓦车下来,偏袒上衣,向世尊所在处合掌,三次自说优陀那:「礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者;礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者;礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者。但愿我们也能在某时某刻与那位果德玛尊者相会,但愿能有某些交谈!」于是佳奴索尼婆罗门前往世尊处;到达后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、可记念的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的佳奴索尼婆罗门将与游方者毕楼帝咖的一切交谈告知世尊。如是说时,世尊对佳奴索尼婆罗门如此说:「婆罗门,到此为止,象迹譬喻还未详细圆满。然而,婆罗门,象迹譬喻如何详细圆满,你听!你要善作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」佳奴索尼婆罗门回答世尊。世尊如此说:
§291
‘‘Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nāgavaniko nāgavanaṃ paviseyya. So passeyya nāgavane mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ, dīghato ca āyataṃ, tiriyañca vitthataṃ. Yo hoti kusalo nāgavaniko neva tāva niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘mahā vata, bho, nāgo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Santi hi, brāhmaṇa, nāgavane vāmanikā nāma hatthiniyo mahāpadā, tāsaṃ petaṃ padaṃ assāti.
「婆罗门,譬如象迹者进入象林。他在象林中看见一个巨大的象足迹,长度延伸,宽度展开。善巧的象迹者尚不得出结论:『尊者,这确实是大象!』那是什么原因呢?婆罗门,因为在象林中有名为瓦马尼咖的母象,足大,这可能是她们的足迹。
‘‘So tamanugacchati. Tamanugacchanto passati nāgavane mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ, dīghato ca āyataṃ, tiriyañca vitthataṃ, uccā ca nisevitaṃ. Yo hoti kusalo nāgavaniko neva tāva niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘mahā vata, bho, nāgo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Santi hi, brāhmaṇa, nāgavane uccā kāḷārikā nāma hatthiniyo mahāpadā, tāsaṃ petaṃ padaṃ assāti.
「他追踪那个。追踪那个时,他在象林中看见大象足迹,长度延伸,宽度展开,高处被践踏。凡是熟练的象林猎人,尚不会下结论:『确实是大象,尊者』。那是什么原因?婆罗门,因为在象林中有高大的名为咖喇哩咖的母象,足大,那可能是她们的足迹。」
‘‘So tamanugacchati. Tamanugacchanto passati nāgavane mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ, dīghato ca āyataṃ, tiriyañca vitthataṃ, uccā ca nisevitaṃ, uccā ca dantehi ārañjitāni. Yo hoti kusalo nāgavaniko neva tāva niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘mahā vata, bho, nāgo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Santi hi, brāhmaṇa, nāgavane uccā kaṇerukā nāma hatthiniyo mahāpadā, tāsaṃ petaṃ padaṃ assāti.
「他追踪那个。追踪那个时,他在象林中看见大象足迹,长度延伸,宽度展开,高处被践踏,高处被牙齿刮擦。凡是熟练的象林猎人,尚不会下结论:『确实是大象,尊者』。那是什么原因?婆罗门,因为在象林中有高大的名为咖内汝咖的母象,足大,那可能是她们的足迹。」
‘‘So tamanugacchati. Tamanugacchanto passati nāgavane mahantaṃ hatthipadaṃ, dīghato ca āyataṃ, tiriyañca vitthataṃ, uccā ca nisevitaṃ, uccā ca dantehi ārañjitāni, uccā ca sākhābhaṅgaṃ. Tañca nāgaṃ passati rukkhamūlagataṃ vā abbhokāsagataṃ vā gacchantaṃ vā tiṭṭhantaṃ vā nisinnaṃ vā nipannaṃ vā. So niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘ayameva so mahānāgo’ti.
「他追踪那个。追踪那个时,他在象林中看见大象足迹,长度延伸,宽度展开,高处被践踏,高处被牙齿刮擦,高处有树枝折断。他看见那头象在树根处或在露地,行走、站立、坐着或躺卧。他下结论:『这确实是那头大象』。」
‘‘Evameva kho , brāhmaṇa, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajopatho , abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
「婆罗门,同样地,如来在世间出现,阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足、善逝、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。他以自己的证智证知这个有天、有魔、有梵天的世间,有沙门、婆罗门的人众,有天、有人的世间后宣说。他教导初善、中善、后善的法,有义、有文,宣示完全圆满、遍净的梵行。家主或家主之子或在某个家族中出生者听闻那个法。他听闻那个法后,对如来获得信。他具备那个所获得的信后如此省察:『在家是障碍,是尘垢之路,出家是露地。住在家中不容易行完全圆满、完全清净、如磨光的海螺的梵行。我何不剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家?』他在其后时,舍断少的财富积聚或舍断大的财富积聚,舍断少的亲族圈或舍断大的亲族圈,剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。」
§292
‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
「他如此出家,具备比库们的学与活命,舍断杀生后,他离杀生,已放下棍棒,已放下刀剑,有惭,有悲悯,对一切有生命的众生怀有利益与悲悯而住。」
‘‘Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī. Athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati.
「舍断不与取后,他离不与取,是与取者,期待所与,以如此清净的自己而住。」
‘‘Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā.
「舍断非梵行后,他是梵行者,远离者,离俗人的交媾法。」
‘‘Musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
「舍断妄语后,他离妄语,是真实语者,真实的结合者,坚固者,可信赖者,对世间不欺诳者。」
‘‘Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti .
「舍断两舌,他离两舌。在此处听到后,不在彼处说,以免分裂这些人;或在彼处听到后,不在此处说,以免分裂那些人。如此,他是分裂者的结合者,或和合者的促进者,乐于和合,喜爱和合,欢喜和合,说促成和合之语。
‘‘Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti. Yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「舍断粗恶语,他离粗恶语。凡是柔和的、悦耳的、可爱的、动心的、优雅的、众人喜爱的、众人可意的语言,他说这样的语言。
‘‘Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ.
「舍断杂秽语,他离杂秽语。他是适时而说者、真实而说者、有义而说者、说法者、说律者,说有价值之语,适时、有理由、有分寸、与义相应。
§293
‘‘So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti, ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato, virato vikālabhojanā, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, hatthigavāssavaḷavāpaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti, kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti, tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti, ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭivirato hoti, chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti .
「他离伤害种子类、植物类,一日一食,夜间停止,离非时食,离观听歌舞音乐表演,离持花鬘、香、涂香及装饰、庄严之因,离高床、大床,离接受金银,离接受生谷,离接受生肉,离接受妇女、少女,离接受婢女、奴仆,离接受山羊、绵羊,离接受鸡、猪,离接受象、牛、马、骡,离接受田地、宅地,离从事传信、奔走之事,离买卖,离秤欺诈、伪币欺诈、度量欺诈,离贿赂、欺骗、诈欺、不正,离断截、杀害、捆绑、抢夺、掠夺、强暴。
§294
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti sapattabhārova ḍeti, evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
「他以护身的衣、护腹的钵食为满足。他无论去何处,只是携带这些而去。譬如有翼之鸟,无论飞往何处,只是负翅而飞;同样地,比库以护身的衣、护腹的钵食为满足。他无论去何处,只是携带这些而去。他具备此圣戒蕴,于内体验无过失之乐。
§295
‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
「他以眼见色后,不取相,不取随相。因为若不防护眼根而住,贪、忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为其防护而行道,保护眼根,在眼根上达到防护。以耳听声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,不取相,不取随相。因为若不防护意根而住,贪、忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为其防护而行道,保护意根,在意根上达到防护。他具备此圣根律仪,于内体验无染之乐。
‘‘So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti , samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṃghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
「他在前进、后退时是正知而行者,在前视、旁视时是正知而行者,在屈、伸时是正知而行者,在持桑喀帝、钵、衣时是正知而行者,在食、饮、嚼、尝时是正知而行者,在大小便利时是正知而行者,在行、住、坐、卧、醒、语、默时是正知而行者。
§296
‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato) iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti. Byāpādappadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādappadosā cittaṃ parisodheti. Thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati, ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
「他具备此圣戒蕴,(具备此圣满足,)具备此圣根律仪,具备此圣念与正知,亲近远离的住所:森林、树下、山岳、山洞、山窟、冢间、林丛、露地、草堆。他食后,从钵食返回,结跏趺坐,保持身体正直,使念现起于面前。他舍断世间的贪,以离贪之心而住,从贪净化心。舍断嗔恨恼害,以无嗔之心而住,对一切有情众生怀有慈悯,从嗔恨恼害净化心。舍断昏沉睡眠,离昏沉睡眠而住,有光明想,具念、正知,从昏沉睡眠净化心。舍断掉举追悔,住于不掉举,内心寂静,从掉举追悔净化心。舍断疑,度脱疑而住,对诸善法无疑惑,从疑净化心。
§297
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Na tveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「他舍断这五盖——心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者后,离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜、乐,证入初禅而住。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。然而圣弟子尚未达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa…pe… suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「再者,婆罗门,比库以寻、伺的止息,内净,心达一境性,无寻、无伺,定生喜、乐,证入第二禅而住。婆罗门,这也被称为……世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa…pe… suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「再者,婆罗门,比库以喜的离去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,正如圣者们所说的『舍、具念、乐住』,证入第三禅而住。婆罗门,这也被称为……世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Na tveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「再者,婆罗门,比库以乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜、忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,证入第四禅而住。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。然而圣弟子尚未达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。」
§298
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Na tveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「当其心如此得定,清净、净白、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心倾向于宿住随念智。他忆念种种宿住,即:一生、二生……如此,他忆念具行相、具细节的种种宿住。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。然而圣弟子尚未达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。」
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Na tveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「当其心如此得定,清净、净白、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心倾向于有情死生智。他以清净、超越人的天眼……了知有情随业流转。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。然而圣弟子尚未达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。」
§299
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Na tveva tāva ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti, api ca kho niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.
「当其心如此得定,清净、净白、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心倾向于诸漏尽智。他如实了知『这是苦』,如实了知『这是苦集』,如实了知『这是苦灭』,如实了知『这是导至苦灭之道』。如实了知『这些是漏』,如实了知『这是漏集』,如实了知『这是漏灭』,如实了知『这是导至漏灭之道』。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。然而圣弟子尚未达到结论,但正在达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。」
‘‘Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati , bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Idampi vuccati, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatapadaṃ itipi, tathāgatanisevitaṃ itipi, tathāgatārañjitaṃ itipi. Ettāvatā kho, brāhmaṇa, ariyasāvako niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti. Ettāvatā kho, brāhmaṇa, hatthipadopamo vitthārena paripūro hotī’’ti.
「当他如此知、如此见时,心从欲漏解脱,心从有漏解脱,心从无明漏解脱。于解脱而有『已解脱』之智。他了知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。婆罗门,这也被称为如来足迹,也被称为如来所践履处,也被称为如来所喜乐处。婆罗门,至此,圣弟子已达到结论——『世尊是正等正觉者,世尊所说之法是善说,世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者』。婆罗门,至此,象足迹譬喻已详尽圆满。」
Evaṃ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
如是说已,佳奴索尼婆罗门对世尊如此说:「尊敬的果德玛,太殊胜了!尊敬的果德玛,太殊胜了!尊敬的果德玛,犹如将倾覆者扶正,或将覆盖者揭开,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯——『有眼者将见诸色』;正是如此,尊敬的果德玛以种种方便阐明了法。我皈依尊敬的果德玛、法以及比库僧团。愿尊敬的果德玛忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生皈依。」
Cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 小象迹喻经完 第七
8. Mahāhatthipadopamasuttaṃ8. 大象迹喻经
§300
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti. ‘‘Āvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca – ‘‘seyyathāpi, āvuso, yāni kānici jaṅgalānaṃ pāṇānaṃ padajātāni sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṃ gacchanti, hatthipadaṃ tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati yadidaṃ mahantattena; evameva kho, āvuso, ye keci kusalā dhammā sabbete catūsu ariyasaccesu saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Katamesu catūsu? Dukkhe ariyasacce , dukkhasamudaye ariyasacce, dukkhanirodhe ariyasacce, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ariyasacce’’.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里,具寿沙利子告诉诸比库:「诸具寿比库们。」「具寿。」那些比库回答具寿沙利子。具寿沙利子如此说:「诸具寿,譬如一切林栖动物的足迹,全都汇入象足,象足以其巨大而被称为它们当中的第一;正是如此,诸具寿,一切善法全都摄入四圣谛。哪四种?苦圣谛、苦集圣谛、苦灭圣谛、导至苦灭之道圣谛。」
§301
‘‘Katamañcāvuso, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ; saṃkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Katame cāvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā? Seyyathidaṃ – rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho.
「诸具寿,什么是苦圣谛?生是苦,老是苦,死是苦,愁、悲、苦、忧、恼是苦,所求不得也是苦;简而言之,五取蕴是苦。诸具寿,什么是五取蕴?即:色取蕴、受取蕴、想取蕴、行取蕴、识取蕴。」
‘‘Katamo cāvuso, rūpupādānakkhandho? Cattāri ca mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ.
「诸具寿,什么是色取蕴?四大种以及依四大种所造之色。」
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, cattāro mahābhūtā? Pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu , tejodhātu, vāyodhātu.
「诸具寿,什么是四大种?地界、水界、火界、风界。」
§302
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, pathavīdhātu? Pathavīdhātu siyā ajjhattikā, siyā bāhirā. Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu, yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhāturevesā. ‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindati, pathavīdhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
「诸具寿,什么是地界?地界可能是内的,可能是外的。诸具寿,什么是内地界?凡内的、自身的、坚的、固体的、所执取的,即:发、毛、爪、齿、皮、肉、筋、骨、骨髓、肾、心、肝、肋膜、脾、肺、肠、肠间膜、胃中物、粪,或任何其他内的、自身的、坚的、固体的、所执取的。诸具寿,这称为内地界。凡内地界与外地界,这只是地界。应以正慧如实见此:『这不是我的,我不是这个,这不是我的我。』以正慧如实见此后,他厌离地界,使心离染于地界。」
‘‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ bāhirā āpodhātu pakuppati . Antarahitā tasmiṃ samaye bāhirā pathavīdhātu hoti. Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. Kiṃ panimassa mattaṭṭhakassa kāyassa taṇhupādinnassa ‘ahanti vā mamanti vā asmī’ti vā? Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti.
「诸具寿,有时外水界激动。在那时,外地界消失。诸具寿,连那么巨大的外地界,其无常性将被了知,其坏灭法将被了知,其消散法将被了知,其变易法将被了知。那么,对于这渴爱所执取的小小身体,还有什么『我』或『我的』或『我是』呢?因此,他在此没有那个。」
‘‘Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ pare akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti, so evaṃ pajānāti – ‘uppannā kho me ayaṃ sotasamphassajā dukkhavedanā . Sā ca kho paṭicca, no apaṭicca. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca’. So phasso aniccoti passati, vedanā aniccāti passati, saññā aniccāti passati, saṅkhārā aniccāti passati, viññāṇaṃ aniccanti passati. Tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati.
「诸具寿,如果他人辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害那位比库,他如此了知:『这耳触所生苦受已在我生起。那是缘于,不是无缘的。缘于什么?缘于触。』他见触是无常的,见受是无常的,见想是无常的,见诸行是无常的,见识是无常的。他的心只以界为所缘而跃进、净信、住立、胜解。」
‘‘Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ pare aniṭṭhehi akantehi amanāpehi samudācaranti – pāṇisamphassenapi leḍḍusamphassenapi daṇḍasamphassenapi satthasamphassenapi. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘tathābhūto kho ayaṃ kāyo yathābhūtasmiṃ kāye pāṇisamphassāpi kamanti, leḍḍusamphassāpi kamanti, daṇḍasamphassāpi kamanti, satthasamphassāpi kamanti. Vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā kakacūpamovāde – ‘‘ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya na me so tena sāsanakaro’’ti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ bhavissati asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ. Kāmaṃ dāni imasmiṃ kāye pāṇisamphassāpi kamantu, leḍḍusamphassāpi kamantu, daṇḍasamphassāpi kamantu, satthasamphassāpi kamantu, karīyati hidaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsana’nti.
「诸友,若其他人以不喜、不爱、不可意之事对待那位比库——以手触、以土块触、以杖触、以刀触。他如此了知:『此身确实是如此性质的身,在如此性质的身中,手触也会发生,土块触也会发生,杖触也会发生,刀触也会发生。然而,世尊在锯喻教诫中已说:「诸比库,即使盗贼以两柄之锯截断肢体,于此若心生愤怒者,彼非我教诫之奉行者。」我的精进将被发起而不懈怠,念被现起而不忘失,身轻安而不激动,心得定而专一。现在就让手触在此身发生吧,让土块触发生吧,让杖触发生吧,让刀触发生吧,诸佛的教诫正在被奉行。』」
‘‘Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti. So tena saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati – ‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yassa me evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātī’ti. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, suṇisā sasuraṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; evameva kho, āvuso, tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti, so tena saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati – ‘alābhā vata me na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yassa me evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātī’ti. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hoti.
「诸友,若那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍不能住立,他因此而激动、生起悚惧:『我实无所得,我实非有所得,我实难得,我实非善得,我如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍不能住立。』诸友,犹如媳妇见到家翁而激动、生起悚惧;诸友,同样地,若那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍不能住立,他因此而激动、生起悚惧:『我实无所得,我实非有所得,我实难得,我实非善得,我如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍不能住立。』诸友,若那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍能住立,他因此而欢喜。诸友,即使到此程度,那位比库已作了许多。」
§303
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, āpodhātu? Āpodhātu siyā ajjhattikā, siyā bāhirā. Katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā āpodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ – ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā āpodhātu. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā āpodhātu yā ca bāhirā āpodhātu, āpodhāturevesā. ‘Taṃ netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āpodhātuyā nibbindati, āpodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
「诸友,什么是水界?水界可能是内的,可能是外的。诸友,什么是内水界?凡内的、自身的、水、水性的、所执取的,即:胆汁、痰、脓、血、汗、脂肪、泪、膏、唾、鼻涕、关节滑液、尿,或其他任何内的、自身的、水、水性的、所执取的——诸友,这称为内水界。凡内水界与外水界,这只是水界。『那非我所有,我非彼,那非我的我』,应以正慧如实见此。以正慧如实见此后,他厌离水界,使心离染于水界。」
‘‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ bāhirā āpodhātu pakuppati. Sā gāmampi vahati, nigamampi vahati, nagarampi vahati, janapadampi vahati, janapadapadesampi vahati. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ mahāsamudde yojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, dviyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, tiyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, catuyojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, pañcayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, chayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti, sattayojanasatikānipi udakāni ogacchanti. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ mahāsamudde sattatālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, chattālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, pañcatālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, catuttālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, titālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, dvitālampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, tālamattampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ mahāsamudde sattaporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, chapporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, pañcaporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, catupporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, tiporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, dviporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, porisamattampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ mahāsamudde aḍḍhaporisampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, kaṭimattampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, jāṇukamattampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti, gopphakamattampi udakaṃ saṇṭhāti. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo, yaṃ mahāsamudde aṅgulipabbatemanamattampi udakaṃ na hoti. Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya āpodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. Kiṃ panimassa mattaṭṭhakassa kāyassa taṇhupādinnassa ‘ahanti vā mamanti vā asmīti’ vā? Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti…pe… tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti. So tena attamano hoti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hoti.
「诸友,有时外水界激动。它冲走村落,冲走城镇,冲走城市,冲走地方,冲走地区。诸友,有时大海中的水退去百由旬,退去二百由旬,退去三百由旬,退去四百由旬,退去五百由旬,退去六百由旬,退去七百由旬。诸友,有时大海中的水住立七多罗树高,住立六多罗树高,住立五多罗树高,住立四多罗树高,住立三多罗树高,住立二多罗树高,住立一多罗树高。诸友,有时大海中的水住立七人高,住立六人高,住立五人高,住立四人高,住立三人高,住立二人高,住立一人高。诸友,有时大海中的水住立半人高,住立腰高,住立膝高,住立踝高。诸友,有时大海中的水连指节量也没有。诸友,对于那如此广大的外水界,无常性将被了知,灭尽法性将被了知,衰灭法性将被了知,变易法性将被了知。何况对于这被渴爱所执取的少量之身,有『我』或『我所』或『我是』呢?于此他只有无...中略...诸友,若那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍能住立,他因此而欢喜。诸友,即使到此程度,那位比库已作了许多。」
§304
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, tejodhātu? Tejodhātu siyā ajjhattikā, siyā bāhirā. Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā tejodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – yena ca santappati, yena ca jīrīyati, yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ – ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā tejodhātu. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā tejodhātu yā ca bāhirā tejodhātu, tejodhāturevesā. ‘Taṃ netaṃ mama , nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā tejodhātuyā nibbindati, tejodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
「诸友,什么是火界?火界可能是内的,可能是外的。诸友,什么是内火界?凡内的、自身的、火、火性的、所执取的,即:以此而温暖,以此而衰老,以此而燃烧,以此使所食、所饮、所嚼、所尝的完全消化,或其他任何内的、自身的、火、火性的、所执取的——诸友,这称为内火界。凡内火界与外火界,这只是火界。『那非我所有,我非彼,那非我的我』,应以正慧如实见此。以正慧如实见此后,他厌离火界,使心离染于火界。」
‘‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ bāhirā tejodhātu pakuppati. Sā gāmampi dahati, nigamampi dahati, nagarampi dahati, janapadampi dahati, janapadapadesampi dahati. Sā haritantaṃ vā panthantaṃ vā selantaṃ vā udakantaṃ vā ramaṇīyaṃ vā bhūmibhāgaṃ āgamma anāhārā nibbāyati. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ kukkuṭapattenapi nhārudaddulenapi aggiṃ gavesanti . Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya tejodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. Kiṃ panimassa mattaṭṭhakassa kāyassa taṇhupādinnassa ‘ahanti vā mamanti vā asmī’ti vā? Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti…pe… tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hoti.
「诸友,有时外火界激动。它烧毁村落,烧毁城镇,烧毁城市,烧毁地方,烧毁地区。它到达青草边、道路边、岩石边、水边或可爱的地面后,无燃料而熄灭。诸友,有时以鸡毛或筋片寻求火。诸友,对于那如此广大的外火界,无常性将被了知,灭尽法性将被了知,衰灭法性将被了知,变易法性将被了知。何况对于这被渴爱所执取的少量之身,有『我』或『我所』或『我是』呢?于此他只有无...中略...诸友,若那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧伽,依善的舍能住立,他因此而欢喜。诸友,即使到此程度,那位比库已作了许多。」
§305
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, vāyodhātu? Vāyodhātu siyā ajjhattikā, siyā bāhirā. Katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ – ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu. Yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā vāyodhātu, yā ca bāhirā vāyodhātu, vāyodhāturevesā. ‘Taṃ netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā vāyodhātuyā nibbindati vāyodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
「诸友,什么是风界?风界可能是内的,可能是外的。诸友,什么是内风界?凡内的、自身的、风、风性的、所执取的,即:上行风、下行风、腹中风、肠中风、遍行于肢体的风、入息、出息,或其他任何内的、自身的、风、风性的、所执取的——诸友,这称为内风界。凡内风界与外风界,这只是风界。『那非我所有,我非彼,那非我的我』,应以正慧如实见此。以正慧如实见此后,他厌离风界,使心离染于风界。」
‘‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ bāhirā vāyodhātu pakuppati. Sā gāmampi vahati, nigamampi vahati, nagarampi vahati, janapadampi vahati, janapadapadesampi vahati. Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ gimhānaṃ pacchime māse tālavaṇṭenapi vidhūpanenapi vātaṃ pariyesanti, ossavanepi tiṇāni na icchanti. Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya vāyodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. Kiṃ panimassa mattaṭṭhakassa kāyassa taṇhupādinnassa ‘ahanti vā mamanti vā asmī’ti vā? Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti.
「诸友,有时外风界激动。它吹走村落,吹走城镇,吹走城市,吹走地方,吹走地区。诸友,有时在夏季最后月,以棕榈扇或扇子寻求风,檐下的草也不想动。诸友,对于那如此广大的外风界,无常性将被了知,灭尽法性将被了知,衰灭法性将被了知,变易法性将被了知。何况对于这被渴爱所执取的少量之身,有『我』或『我所』或『我是』呢?于此他只有无。」
‘‘Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ pare akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti. So evaṃ pajānāti, uppannā kho me ayaṃ sotasamphassajā dukkhā vedanā. Sā ca kho paṭicca, no apaṭicca. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Sopi phasso aniccoti passati, vedanā aniccāti passati , saññā aniccāti passati, saṅkhārā aniccāti passati, viññāṇaṃ aniccanti passati. Tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati.
「诸友,如果他人辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害那位比库。他如此了知:『我生起了这耳触所生的苦受。那是缘于,非不缘于。缘于什么?缘于触。』他见触是无常,见受是无常,见想是无常,见行是无常,见识是无常。他的心以界为所缘而跃入、净信、住立、胜解。」
‘‘Tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ pare aniṭṭhehi akantehi amanāpehi samudācaranti, pāṇisamphassenapi leḍḍusamphassenapi daṇḍasamphassenapi satthasamphassenapi. So evaṃ pajānāti ‘tathābhūto kho ayaṃ kāyo yathābhūtasmiṃ kāye pāṇisamphassāpi kamanti, leḍḍusamphassāpi kamanti, daṇḍasamphassāpi kamanti, satthasamphassāpi kamanti. Vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā kakacūpamovāde ‘‘ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṃ. Tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro’’ti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ bhavissati asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ. Kāmaṃ dāni imasmiṃ kāye pāṇisamphassāpi kamantu, leḍḍusamphassāpi kamantu, daṇḍasamphassāpi kamantu, satthasamphassāpi kamantu. Karīyati hidaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsana’nti.
「诸友,如果他人以不喜的、不爱的、不可意的对待那位比库,以手触、以土块触、以棍触、以刀触。他如此了知:『这身体确实是这样的,在这样的身体中,手触也会发生,土块触也会发生,棍触也会发生,刀触也会发生。然而,这已被世尊在锯喻教诫中说:「诸比库,即使盗贼以两柄锯锯断肢体,在那里若心生恼害者,他不是我的教诫实行者。」而且,我的精进将被发起而不懈怠,念被现起而不忘失,身轻安而不激动,心得定而一境。现在就让手触在这身体中发生吧,让土块触发生吧,让棍触发生吧,让刀触发生吧。这是在实行诸佛的教诫。』」
‘‘Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti. So tena saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati – ‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ. Yassa me evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātī’ti. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, suṇisā sasuraṃ disvā saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati; evameva kho, āvuso, tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhāti. So tena saṃvijjati saṃvegaṃ āpajjati – ‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ. Yassa me evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātī’ti. Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṃ buddhaṃ anussarato, evaṃ dhammaṃ anussarato, evaṃ saṅghaṃ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hoti.
「诸友,如果那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧,依善的舍不住立。他因此而动摇、生起惊惧:『我确实无所得,我确实非有所得,我确实难得,我确实非善得。因为我如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧,依善的舍不住立。』诸友,犹如媳妇见到公公而动摇、生起惊惧;同样地,诸友,如果那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧,依善的舍不住立。他因此而动摇、生起惊惧:『我确实无所得,我确实非有所得,我确实难得,我确实非善得。因为我如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧,依善的舍不住立。』诸友,如果那位比库如此随念佛、如此随念法、如此随念僧,依善的舍住立,他因此而欢喜。诸友,到此程度,那位比库已作了很多。」
§306
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca valliñca paṭicca tiṇañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito agāraṃ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati; evameva kho, āvuso, aṭṭhiñca paṭicca nhāruñca paṭicca maṃsañca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito rūpaṃ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, cakkhuṃ aparibhinnaṃ hoti, bāhirā ca rūpā na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Ajjhattikañceva , āvuso, cakkhuṃ aparibhinnaṃ hoti bāhirā ca rūpā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Yato ca kho, āvuso, ajjhattikañceva cakkhuṃ aparibhinnaṃ hoti, bāhirā ca rūpā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, tajjo ca samannāhāro hoti. Evaṃ tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Yaṃ tathābhūtassa rūpaṃ taṃ rūpupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa vedanā sā vedanupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa saññā sā saññupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, ye tathābhūtassa saṅkhārā te saṅkhārupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, yaṃ tathābhūtassa viññāṇaṃ taṃ viññāṇupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati.
「诸友,犹如缘于木、缘于藤、缘于草、缘于泥,虚空被围绕,才被称为『房屋』;同样地,诸友,缘于骨、缘于筋、缘于肉、缘于皮,虚空被围绕,才被称为『色』。诸友,如果内眼未破坏,而外色不来到范围,也无相应的作意,那么相应识的部分就不会显现。诸友,如果内眼未破坏,而外色来到范围,但无相应的作意,那么相应识的部分也不会显现。诸友,当内眼未破坏,而外色来到范围,且有相应的作意,如此相应识的部分就会显现。如此生起者的色,被摄入色取蕴;如此生起者的受,被摄入受取蕴;如此生起者的想,被摄入想取蕴;如此生起者的行,被摄入行取蕴;如此生起者的识,被摄入识取蕴。」
‘‘So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evañhi kira imesaṃ pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ saṅgaho sannipāto samavāyo hoti. Vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘yo paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passati so dhammaṃ passati; yo dhammaṃ passati so paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passatīti. Paṭiccasamuppannā kho panime yadidaṃ pañcupādānakkhandhā. Yo imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chando ālayo anunayo ajjhosānaṃ so dukkhasamudayo. Yo imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ, so dukkhanirodho’ti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hoti.
「他如此了知:『原来这五取蕴就是如此被摄集、聚集、集合。然而,这已被世尊说:「见缘起者见法;见法者见缘起。」而这五取蕴是缘生的。对这五取蕴的欲、执着、随顺、耽着,是苦集。对这五取蕴的欲贪调伏、欲贪断除,是苦灭。』诸友,到此程度,那位比库已作了很多。」
‘‘Ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, sotaṃ aparibhinnaṃ hoti…pe… ghānaṃ aparibhinnaṃ hoti… jivhā aparibhinnā hoti… kāyo aparibhinno hoti… mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Ajjhattiko ceva, āvuso, mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Yato ca kho, āvuso, ajjhattiko ceva mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, tajjo ca samannāhāro hoti, evaṃ tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti. Yaṃ tathābhūtassa rūpaṃ taṃ rūpupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa vedanā sā vedanupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa saññā sā saññupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, ye tathābhūtassa saṅkhārā te saṅkhārupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, yaṃ tathābhūtassa viññāṇaṃ taṃ viññāṇupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evañhi kira imesaṃ pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ saṅgaho sannipāto samavāyo hoti. Vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yo paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passati so dhammaṃ passati; yo dhammaṃ passati so paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passatī’’ti. Paṭiccasamuppannā kho panime yadidaṃ pañcupādānakkhandhā. Yo imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chando ālayo anunayo ajjhosānaṃ so dukkhasamudayo. Yo imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ so dukkhanirodho’ti. Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bahukataṃ hotī’’ti.
「诸友,如果内耳未破坏……鼻未破坏……舌未破坏……身未破坏……意未破坏,而外法不来到范围,也无相应的作意,那么相应识的部分就不会显现。诸友,如果内意未破坏,而外法来到范围,但无相应的作意,那么相应识的部分也不会显现。诸友,当内意未破坏,而外法来到范围,且有相应的作意,如此相应识的部分就会显现。如此生起者的色,被摄入色取蕴;如此生起者的受,被摄入受取蕴;如此生起者的想,被摄入想取蕴;如此生起者的行,被摄入行取蕴;如此生起者的识,被摄入识取蕴。他如此了知:『原来这五取蕴就是如此被摄集、聚集、集合。然而,这已被世尊说:「见缘起者见法;见法者见缘起。」而这五取蕴是缘生的。对这五取蕴的欲、执着、随顺、耽着,是苦集。对这五取蕴的欲贪调伏、欲贪断除,是苦灭。』诸友,到此程度,那位比库已作了很多。」
Idamavoca āyasmā sāriputto. Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
具寿沙利子说了此。那些比库心满意足,欢喜具寿沙利子所说。
Mahāhatthipadopamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 大象迹喻经完 第八
9. Mahāsāropamasuttaṃ9. 大心材喻经
§307
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. Tatra kho bhagavā devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi –
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在王舍城耆阇崛山,在天德瓦达他刚离去后不久。在那里,世尊就天德瓦达他对诸比库说:
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṃseti paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā , ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati.
「诸比库,这里,某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而满意,意愿圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而自赞毁他——『我是有利养、恭敬、名声者,而这些其他比库则是少知的、少势力的』。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ atikkamma papaṭikaṃ, sākhāpalāsaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ atikkamma papaṭikaṃ, sākhāpalāsaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto , appeva nāma imassa kevalassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti ‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sākhāpalāsaṃ aggahesi brahmacariyassa; tena ca vosānaṃ āpādi.
「诸比库,譬如有人需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,越过内皮,越过外皮,切取枝叶后拿着离去,认为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说——『这位尊者确实不知心材,不知边材,不知内皮,不知外皮,不知枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,越过内皮,越过外皮,切取枝叶后拿着离去,认为「这是心材」。凡他以心材应作的心材之事,那将不能达成他的目的』。同样地,诸比库,这里某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而满意,意愿圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而自赞毁他——『我是有利养、恭敬、名声者,而这些其他比库则是少知的、少势力的』。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。诸比库,这被称为比库取了梵行的枝叶;他以此达到了终结。
§308
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati. Appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, ime panaññe bhikkhū dussīlā pāpadhammā’ti. So tāya sīlasampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati.
「然而,诸比库,这里某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞,不毁他。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸。不放逸者达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,意愿圆满。他因那戒成就而自赞毁他——『我是持戒者、善法者,而这些其他比库则是破戒者、恶法者』。他因那戒成就而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ, papaṭikaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ, papaṭikaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno; yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「诸比库,譬如有人需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,越过内皮,切取外皮后拿着离去,认为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说——『这位尊者确实不知心材,不知边材,不知内皮,不知外皮,不知枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,越过内皮,切取外皮后拿着离去,认为「这是心材」;凡他以心材应作的心材之事,那将不能达成他的目的』。
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati. Appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, ime panaññe bhikkhū dussīlā pāpadhammā’ti. So tāya sīlasampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu papaṭikaṃ aggahesi brahmacariyassa; tena ca vosānaṃ āpādi.
「同样地,诸比库,这里某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞,不毁他。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸。不放逸者达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,意愿圆满。他因那戒成就而自赞毁他——『我是持戒者、善法者,而这些其他比库则是破戒者、恶法者』。他因那戒成就而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。诸比库,这被称为比库取了梵行的外皮;他以此达到了终结。
§309
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati. Appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti . So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi samāhito ekaggacitto, ime panaññe bhikkhū asamāhitā vibbhantacittā’ti. So tāya samādhisampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati.
「然而,诸比库,这里某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞,不毁他。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸,不放逸者达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,但意愿不圆满。他因那戒成就而不自赞,不毁他。他因那戒成就而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸。不放逸者达到定成就。他因那定成就而满意,意愿圆满。他因那定成就而自赞毁他——『我是得定者、心一境者,而这些其他比库则是不得定者、心散乱者』。他因那定成就而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ tacaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ , na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ tacaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「诸比库,譬如有人需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,切取内皮后拿着离去,认为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说——『这位尊者确实不知心材,不知边材,不知内皮,不知外皮,不知枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材,寻求心材,为寻求心材而行,越过了立着的、有心材的大树的心材,越过边材,切取内皮后拿着离去,认为「这是心材」。凡他以心材应作的心材之事,那将不能达成他的目的』。
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi samāhito ekaggacitto, ime panaññe bhikkhū asamāhitā vibbhantacittā’ti. So tāya samādhisampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati , bhikkhave, bhikkhu tacaṃ aggahesi brahmacariyassa; tena ca vosānaṃ āpādi.
「同样地,诸比库,这里某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不圆满。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞,不毁他。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸,不放逸者达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,但意愿不圆满。他因那戒成就而不自赞,不毁他。他因那戒成就而不陶醉、不放逸,不陷入放逸,不放逸者达到定成就。他因那定成就而满意,意愿圆满。他因那定成就而自赞毁他——『我是得定者、心一境者,而这些其他比库则是不得定者、心散乱者』。他因那定成就而陶醉、放逸,陷入放逸,放逸者住于苦。诸比库,这被称为比库取了梵行的内皮;他以此达到了终结。
§310
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati. Appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati appamatto samāno ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena ñāṇadassanena attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi jānaṃ passaṃ viharāmi. Ime panaññe bhikkhū ajānaṃ apassaṃ viharantī’ti. So tena ñāṇadassanena majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati.
「诸比库,于此,某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不以那利养、恭敬、名声赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸。他不放逸而成就戒具足。他对那戒具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那戒具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那戒具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就定具足。他对那定具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那定具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那定具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就智见。他对那智见满足且圆满意愿。他以那智见赞扬自己、贬低他人——『我是知、见而住,而这些其他比库是不知、不见而住』。他因那智见而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他放逸而住于苦。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ phegguṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ na aññāsi phegguṃ na aññāsi tacaṃ na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ phegguṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena ñāṇadassanena attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi jānaṃ passaṃ viharāmi, ime panaññe bhikkhū ajānaṃ apassaṃ viharantī’ti. So tena ñāṇadassanena majjati pamajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṃ viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu phegguṃ aggahesi brahmacariyassa; tena ca vosānaṃ āpādi.
「诸比库,譬如有人为了心材,寻求心材,遍求心材而行,对于有心材的大树站立着,越过心材而砍取边材后拿着离去,认为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说——『这位尊者确实不知心材,不知边材,不知树皮,不知外皮,不知枝叶。如此,这位尊者为了心材,寻求心材,遍求心材而行,对于有心材的大树站立着,越过心材而砍取边材后拿着离去,认为「这是心材」。凡他以心材应作的心材之事,那将不能达成其目的』。同样地,诸比库,于此,某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不以那利养、恭敬、名声赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就戒具足。他对那戒具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那戒具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那戒具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就定具足。他对那定具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那定具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那定具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就智见。他对那智见满足且圆满意愿。他以那智见赞扬自己、贬低他人——『我是知、见而住,而这些其他比库是不知、不见而住』。他因那智见而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他放逸而住于苦。诸比库,这被称为比库取了梵行的边材,并以此达到终结。
§311
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti , na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena ñāṇadassanena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno asamayavimokkhaṃ ārādheti. Aṭṭhānametaṃ , bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu tāya asamayavimuttiyā parihāyetha.
「诸比库,于此,某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不以那利养、恭敬、名声赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就戒具足。他对那戒具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那戒具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那戒具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就定具足。他对那定具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那定具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那定具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就智见。他对那智见满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那智见赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那智见而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就不时解脱。诸比库,那位比库从那不时解脱退失,这是须跋的,没有机会。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāraññeva chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti jānamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘aññāsi vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāraṃ, aññāsi phegguṃ, aññāsi tacaṃ, aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāraññeva chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti jānamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ anubhavissatī’ti.
「诸比库,譬如有人为了心材,寻求心材,遍求心材而行,对于有心材的大树站立着,砍取心材后拿着离去,知道『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说——『这位尊者确实知心材,知边材,知树皮,知外皮,知枝叶。如此,这位尊者为了心材,寻求心材,遍求心材而行,对于有心材的大树站立着,砍取心材后拿着离去,知道「这是心材」。凡他以心材应作的心材之事,那将能达成其目的』。
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena ñāṇadassanena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena na majjati nappamajjati na pamādaṃ āpajjati, appamatto samāno asamayavimokkhaṃ ārādheti. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu tāya asamayavimuttiyā parihāyetha.
「同样地,诸比库,于此,某位善男子以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所困扰,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不以那利养、恭敬、名声赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就戒具足。他对那戒具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那戒具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那戒具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就定具足。他对那定具足满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那定具足赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那定具足而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就智见。他对那智见满足,但不圆满意愿。他不以那智见赞扬自己、贬低他人。他不因那智见而陶醉、放逸、陷入放逸,他不放逸而成就不时解脱。诸比库,那位比库从那不时解脱退失,这是须跋的,没有机会。
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, nayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsaṃ, na sīlasampadānisaṃsaṃ, na samādhisampadānisaṃsaṃ, na ñāṇadassanānisaṃsaṃ. Yā ca kho ayaṃ, bhikkhave, akuppā cetovimutti – etadatthamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ, etaṃ sāraṃ etaṃ pariyosāna’’nti.
「如此,诸比库,此梵行不以利养、恭敬、名声为利益,不以戒具足为利益,不以定具足为利益,不以智见为利益。诸比库,凡这不动心解脱——诸比库,此梵行以此为目的,以此为心材,以此为终极。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说此。那些比库满意欢喜世尊所说。
Mahāsāropamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 大心材喻经完 第九
10. Cūḷasāropamasuttaṃ10. 小心材喻经
§312
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā, bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu sabbeva nābbhaññaṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce nābbhaññaṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, brāhmaṇa, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu sabbeva nābbhaññaṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce nābbhaññaṃsūti. Dhammaṃ te, brāhmaṇa, desessāmi, taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提,揭德林,阿那他宾地咖的园林。那时,宾嘎喇果洽婆罗门前往世尊处;抵达后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的宾嘎喇果洽婆罗门对世尊如此说:「果德玛尊者,那些成为僧团、群体、群体导师,知名的、有名声的、开宗立派者,被众人认为是善者,即:富兰那咖沙巴、末卡利果沙喇、阿夷多翅舍钦婆喇、巴古德咖旃延、散阇耶韦喇提子、尼干陀那他子,他们全都通过自己的宣称而证知了吗?或者全都未证知?或者有些证知了,有些未证知?」「够了,婆罗门,放下这个——『他们全都通过自己的宣称而证知了吗?或者全都未证知?或者有些证知了,有些未证知?』婆罗门,我将为你说法,你听!你要善加作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」宾嘎喇果洽婆罗门回答世尊。世尊如此说:
§313
‘‘Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ atikkamma papaṭikaṃ, sākhāpalāsaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ atikkamma papaṭikaṃ, sākhāpalāsaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「婆罗门,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,越过了外皮,切取枝叶后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说:『这位尊者确实不认识心材,不认识芯材,不认识内皮,不认识外皮,不认识枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,越过了外皮,切取枝叶后拿着离去,以为「这是心材」。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。』」
§314
‘‘Seyyathāpi vā pana, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ , papaṭikaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ papaṭikaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「或者,婆罗门,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,切取外皮后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说:『这位尊者确实不认识心材,不认识芯材,不认识内皮,不认识外皮,不认识枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,切取外皮后拿着离去,以为「这是心材」。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。』」
§315
‘‘Seyyathāpi vā pana, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ, tacaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ, tacaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「或者,婆罗门,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,切取内皮后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说:『这位尊者确实不认识心材,不认识芯材,不认识内皮,不认识外皮,不认识枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,切取内皮后拿着离去,以为「这是心材」。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。』」
§316
‘‘Seyyathāpi vā pana, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ, phegguṃ chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso aññāsi sāraṃ, na aññāsi phegguṃ, na aññāsi tacaṃ, na aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, na aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ, phegguṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissatī’ti.
「或者,婆罗门,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,切取芯材后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说:『这位尊者确实不认识心材,不认识芯材,不认识内皮,不认识外皮,不认识枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,切取芯材后拿着离去,以为「这是心材」。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。』」
§317
‘‘Seyyathāpi vā pana, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāraññeva chetvā ādāya pakkameyya ‘sāra’nti jānamāno. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso disvā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘aññāsi vatāyaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāraṃ, aññāsi phegguṃ, aññāsi tacaṃ, aññāsi papaṭikaṃ, aññāsi sākhāpalāsaṃ. Tathā hayaṃ bhavaṃ puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāraññeva chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti jānamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ anubhavissatī’ti.
「或者,婆罗门,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,切取心材后拿着离去,知道『这是心材』。有眼之人见到他后会如此说:『这位尊者确实认识心材,认识芯材,认识内皮,认识外皮,认识枝叶。因此这位尊者需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,切取心材后拿着离去,知道「这是心材」。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将能达成其目的。』」
§318
‘‘Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco puggalo saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti. Lābhasakkārasilokena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya na chandaṃ janeti, na vāyamati, olīnavuttiko ca hoti sāthaliko. Seyyathāpi so, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ atikkamma papaṭikaṃ, sākhāpalāsaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissati. Tathūpamāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
「婆罗门,同样地,此处某人以信从家出家成为非家,『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所围困,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知。』他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而满意,意愿满足。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而自赞毁他:『我是得利养、恭敬、名声者,而这些其他比库则是无名的、少势力的。』对于利养、恭敬、名声之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他不生欲,不努力,成为懈怠的、耽于逸乐的。婆罗门,譬如那个人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,越过了外皮,切取枝叶后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。婆罗门,我说此人亦如是。」
§319
‘‘Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Lābhasakkārasilokena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati , anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, ime panaññe bhikkhū dussīlā pāpadhammā’ti. Sīlasampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya na chandaṃ janeti, na vāyamati, olīnavuttiko ca hoti sāthaliko. Seyyathāpi so, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ atikkamma tacaṃ, papaṭikaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissati. Tathūpamāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
「然而,婆罗门,此处某人以信从家出家成为非家,『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所围困,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知。』他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不满足。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞毁他。对于利养、恭敬、名声之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他生欲,努力,成为不懈怠的、不耽于逸乐的。他达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,意愿满足。他因那戒成就而自赞毁他:『我是持戒者、善法者,而这些其他比库则是破戒者、恶法者。』对于戒成就之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他不生欲,不努力,成为懈怠的、耽于逸乐的。婆罗门,譬如那个人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,越过了内皮,切取外皮后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。婆罗门,我说此人亦如是。」
§320
‘‘Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto, appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Lābhasakkārasilokena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Sīlasampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko . So samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi samāhito ekaggacitto, ime panaññe bhikkhū asamāhitā vibbhantacittā’ti. Samādhisampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya na chandaṃ janeti, na vāyamati, olīnavuttiko ca hoti sāthaliko. Seyyathāpi so, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ atikkamma phegguṃ, tacaṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissati. Tathūpamāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
「然而,婆罗门,此处某人以信从家出家成为非家,『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所围困,或许这整个苦蕴的灭尽能被了知。』他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不满意,意愿不满足。他因那利养、恭敬、名声而不自赞毁他。对于利养、恭敬、名声之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他生欲,努力,成为不懈怠的、不耽于逸乐的。他达到戒成就。他因那戒成就而满意,但意愿不满足。他因那戒成就而不自赞毁他。对于戒成就之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他生欲,努力,成为不懈怠的、不耽于逸乐的。他达到定成就。他因那定成就而满意,意愿满足。他因那定成就而自赞毁他:『我是得定者、心一境者,而这些其他比库则是不得定者、心散乱者。』对于定成就之外其他更殊胜、更微妙的诸法,为了现证那些法,他不生欲,不努力,成为懈怠的、耽于逸乐的。婆罗门,譬如那个人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过了心材,越过了芯材,切取内皮后拿着离去,以为『这是心材』。凡是他以心材应作的心材之事,他将不能达成其目的。婆罗门,我说此人亦如是。」
§321
‘‘Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena…pe… antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Lābhasakkārasilokena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Sīlasampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Samādhisampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo . So tena ñāṇadassanena attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti – ‘ahamasmi jānaṃ passaṃ viharāmi, ime panaññe bhikkhū ajānaṃ apassaṃ viharantī’ti. Ñāṇadassanena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya na chandaṃ janeti, na vāyamati, olīnavuttiko ca hoti sāthaliko. Seyyathāpi so, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva sāraṃ, phegguṃ chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti maññamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhavissati. Tathūpamāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
「婆罗门,于此,某人以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死……(中略)……所淹没,但愿能了知这整个苦蕴的灭尽』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而自赞,不毁他。对于比利养、恭敬、名声更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到戒成就。他对那戒成就满足,但不圆满意愿。他不因那戒成就而自赞,不毁他。对于比戒成就更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到定成就。他对那定成就满足,但不圆满意愿。他不因那定成就而自赞,不毁他。对于比定成就更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到智见。他对那智见满足,圆满意愿。他因那智见而自赞,毁他——『我是知、见而住,而这些其他比库是不知、不见而住』。对于比智见更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他不为了现证那些法而生起欲,不精进,懈怠,懒惰。婆罗门,犹如那个人为了心材,寻求心材,到处寻找心材,来到一棵有心材的大树前,越过心材,砍下树皮后拿走,认为『这是心材』。凡是应以心材来做的事,他将不能达成目的。婆罗门,我说此人亦如是。」
§322
‘‘Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti – ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi , dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto , appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Lābhasakkārasilokena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So sīlasampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya sīlasampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Sīlasampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So samādhisampadaṃ ārādheti. So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tāya samādhisampadāya na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Samādhisampadāya ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko. So ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādheti. So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. So tena ñāṇadassanena na attānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. Ñāṇadassanena ca ye aññe dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, anolīnavuttiko ca hoti asāthaliko.
「婆罗门,于此,某人以信从家出家成为非家——『我被生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所淹没,被苦所淹没,被苦所围困,但愿能了知这整个苦蕴的灭尽』。他如此出家后,生起利养、恭敬、名声。他对那利养、恭敬、名声不满足,不圆满意愿。他不因那利养、恭敬、名声而自赞,不毁他。对于比利养、恭敬、名声更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到戒成就。他对那戒成就满足,但不圆满意愿。他不因那戒成就而自赞,不毁他。对于比戒成就更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到定成就。他对那定成就满足,但不圆满意愿。他不因那定成就而自赞,不毁他。对于比定成就更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。他达到智见。他对那智见满足,但不圆满意愿。他不因那智见而自赞,不毁他。对于比智见更殊胜、更上妙的其他诸法,他为了现证那些法而生起欲,精进,不懈怠,不懒惰。」
§323
‘‘Katame ca, brāhmaṇa, dhammā ñāṇadassanena uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca? Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「婆罗门,什么是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的诸法呢?婆罗门,于此,比库离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜、乐,成就并住于初禅那。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库由于寻、伺的止息,内净,心专一性,无寻、无伺,定生喜、乐,成就并住于第二禅那。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho , brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库由于喜的离去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,正如圣者们所说的『舍、具念、乐住』,成就并住于第三禅那。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库由于乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜、忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,成就并住于第四禅那。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库完全超越色想,灭没有对想,不作意种种想,『空是无边的』,成就并住于空无边处。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库完全超越空无边处,『识是无边的』,成就并住于识无边处。婆罗门,这也是比智见更殊胜、更上妙的法。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库完全超越识无边处,〔了知〕『无所有』,成就无所有处而住。婆罗门,此法也比智见更殊胜、更微妙。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库完全超越无所有处,成就非想非非想处而住。婆罗门,此法也比智见更殊胜、更微妙。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayampi kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammo ñāṇadassanena uttaritaro ca paṇītataro ca. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammā ñāṇadassanena uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca.
「再者,婆罗门,比库完全超越非想非非想处,成就想受灭而住,以慧见之后,他的诸漏已尽。婆罗门,此法也比智见更殊胜、更微妙。婆罗门,这些法比智见更殊胜、更微妙。」
§324
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, brāhmaṇa, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāraṃyeva chetvā ādāya pakkanto ‘sāra’nti jānamāno. Yañcassa sārena sārakaraṇīyaṃ tañcassa atthaṃ anubhavissati. Tathūpamāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.
「婆罗门,犹如那位为了心材、寻求心材、遍求心材而行的人,来到有心材的大树前,砍取心材后拿着离去,知道『这是心材』。凡以心材应作的心材之事,他都将达成其目的。婆罗门,我说此人如是譬喻。」
‘‘Iti kho, brāhmaṇa, nayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsaṃ, na sīlasampadānisaṃsaṃ, na samādhisampadānisaṃsaṃ, na ñāṇadassanānisaṃsaṃ. Yā ca kho ayaṃ , brāhmaṇa, akuppā cetovimutti – etadatthamidaṃ, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyaṃ, etaṃ sāraṃ etaṃ pariyosāna’’nti.
「婆罗门,如是,此梵行并非以利养、恭敬、名声为利益,并非以戒成就为利益,并非以定成就为利益,并非以智见为利益。婆罗门,这不动心解脱——婆罗门,此梵行以此为目的,以此为心材,以此为终极。」
Evaṃ vutte, piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
如是说已,宾嘎喇果吒婆罗门对世尊如是说:「尊敬的果德玛,太殊胜了!尊敬的果德玛,太殊胜了!……(中略)……愿尊敬的果德玛忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」
Cūḷasāropamasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 小心材喻经完 第十
Opammavaggo niṭṭhito tatiyo. · 譬喻品完 第三
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Moḷiyaphaggunariṭṭhañca nāmo, andhavane kathipuṇṇaṃ nivāpo;
摩利亚帕古那、哩塔与名,盲林、咖提、满、诱饵;
Rāsikaṇerumahāgajanāmo, sārūpamo puna piṅgalakoccho.
名为拉西咖内如玛哈嘎佳,又名沙如巴摩,又名宾嘎喇科洽。